1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
288 \begin_layout Standard
289 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
290 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
291 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
293 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
294 only a vertical scrollbar.
295 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
296 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
297 This, however, is due
298 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
299 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
300 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
301 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
303 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
304 this doesn't work for equations yet.
307 \begin_layout Standard
308 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
316 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
321 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
322 ing sections of this documentation.
325 \begin_layout Section
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
335 of the manuals from inside LyX.
336 Just select the manual you want read from the
343 \begin_layout Section
345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
347 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
354 \begin_layout Standard
355 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
356 without resorting to configuration files.
357 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
358 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
359 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
374 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
375 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
380 \begin_inset space \space{}
383 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
384 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
386 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Reconfiguration of LyX
399 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
402 \begin_layout Section
404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
406 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
413 \begin_layout Standard
414 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
415 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
438 that will be created when using the menu
440 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
459 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
460 \begin_inset Note Note
463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
472 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
473 More about TeX Code is described in section
478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
480 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
484 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
505 Reconfiguration of LyX
513 \begin_layout Chapter
517 \begin_layout Section
518 Basic File Operations
522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 \begin_layout Standard
536 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
537 in addition to some more advanced operations:
540 \begin_layout Itemize
544 \begin_inset Graphics
545 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
553 \begin_layout Itemize
571 \begin_layout Itemize
577 \begin_inset Graphics
578 filename ../images/file-open.png
579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
586 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Itemize
598 \begin_inset Graphics
599 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
600 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
607 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
647 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_inset Graphics
660 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Standard
675 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
676 a few minor differences.
679 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
694 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
695 you for a template to use.
696 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
697 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
698 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
706 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
713 \begin_layout Standard
715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
738 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
739 space is just that — a big, blank space.
742 \begin_layout Standard
763 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
768 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
793 will reload the document from disk.
794 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
795 and want to restore it to the last save.
804 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
805 can identify them as your changes.
808 \begin_layout Section
809 Basic Editing Features
813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
822 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
829 \begin_layout Standard
830 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
831 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
832 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
833 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
835 We'll start with cut and paste.
838 \begin_layout Standard
839 As you might expect, the
843 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
844 various other editing features.
845 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
849 \begin_layout Itemize
855 \begin_inset Graphics
856 filename ../images/cut.png
857 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
864 \begin_layout Itemize
870 \begin_inset Graphics
871 filename ../images/copy.png
872 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
879 \begin_layout Itemize
885 \begin_inset Graphics
886 filename ../images/paste.png
887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
894 \begin_layout Itemize
904 \begin_layout Itemize
914 \begin_layout Itemize
928 \begin_inset Graphics
929 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
930 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
938 \begin_layout Standard
939 The first three are self-explanatory.
940 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
941 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
950 keys also functions as the
955 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
956 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
961 to get back the lost text.
964 \begin_layout Standard
968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
974 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
983 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
986 \begin_layout Standard
989 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
994 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1011 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1015 \begin_inset space ~
1020 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1021 will start a new paragraph.
1024 \begin_layout Standard
1028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1046 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1048 \begin_inset space ~
1052 \begin_inset space ~
1060 \begin_inset space ~
1064 \begin_inset space ~
1070 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1075 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1092 button to skip the current word.
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1101 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1110 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1112 If the toggle is set, searching for
1113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1124 will not match the word
1125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1139 Match whole words only
1141 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1172 \begin_layout Standard
1173 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1174 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1176 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1181 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1188 \begin_layout Section
1193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1212 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1219 \begin_layout Standard
1220 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1221 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1224 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1227 or the toolbar button
1228 \begin_inset Graphics
1229 filename ../images/undo.png
1230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1234 to undo some mistake.
1235 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1237 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1240 or the toolbar button
1241 \begin_inset Graphics
1242 filename ../images/redo.png
1243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1255 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1259 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1262 \begin_layout Standard
1263 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1272 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1273 This is a consequence of the 100
1274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1277 step undo limit, above.
1280 \begin_layout Standard
1289 work on almost everything in LyX.
1290 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1294 \begin_layout Section
1299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1308 \begin_layout Standard
1309 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1312 \begin_layout Enumerate
1317 \begin_layout Itemize
1322 once anywhere in the edit window.
1323 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1327 \begin_layout Enumerate
1332 \begin_layout Itemize
1338 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1341 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1344 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1347 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1350 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1357 \begin_layout Enumerate
1358 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1362 \begin_layout Standard
1363 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1364 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1373 \begin_layout Standard
1378 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1383 \begin_layout Section
1385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1387 name "sec:Navigating"
1395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1404 \begin_layout Standard
1405 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1408 \begin_layout Itemize
1413 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1414 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1417 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1423 or the toolbar button
1424 \begin_inset Graphics
1425 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1426 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1433 \begin_layout Standard
1434 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1435 (TOC) that is described in section
1436 \begin_inset space ~
1440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1442 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1447 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1448 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1449 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1450 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1451 to the document, see section
1452 \begin_inset space ~
1456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1458 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1467 option sorts the current list, and the
1471 option keeps it in the current view state.
1472 Keeping means that when you have e.
1473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1477 \begin_inset space \space{}
1480 the subsections of section
1481 \begin_inset space ~
1484 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1485 \begin_inset space ~
1488 3, the subsections of section
1489 \begin_inset space ~
1492 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1497 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1498 \begin_inset space ~
1504 \begin_layout Standard
1506 \begin_inset space \space{}
1510 \begin_inset Graphics
1511 filename ../images/down.png
1512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1517 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1522 \begin_inset space \space{}
1526 \begin_inset Graphics
1527 filename ../images/up.png
1528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1533 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1537 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1539 So you can for example move section
1540 \begin_inset space ~
1544 \begin_inset space ~
1548 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1550 \begin_inset Graphics
1551 filename ../images/promote.png
1552 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1557 \begin_inset Graphics
1558 filename ../images/demote.png
1559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1563 or the corresponding key bindings
1571 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1572 So you can for example make section
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1577 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1587 \begin_layout Section
1589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1599 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1648 \begin_layout Standard
1649 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1651 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1652 is used to propose completions.
1655 \begin_layout Standard
1656 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1657 there are completions available.
1658 You can then press the
1662 key to use this completion.
1663 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1664 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1665 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1672 \begin_layout Standard
1673 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1675 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1678 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1680 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1683 by deselecting the option
1690 Automatic inline completion
1692 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1693 To accept this proposal, use the
1702 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1703 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1711 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1718 \begin_layout Section
1723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1797 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1798 LyX's default is CUA.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1805 \begin_inset space ~
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1834 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1838 \begin_layout Labeling
1839 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1843 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1844 LatexCommand nomenclature
1846 description "Tabulator key"
1852 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1853 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1854 \begin_inset space ~
1858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1860 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1867 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1871 , especially section
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1878 reference "sub:Lists"
1884 If you're still confused, look in the
1891 \begin_layout Labeling
1892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1896 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1897 LatexCommand nomenclature
1899 description "Escape key"
1906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1913 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1914 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1917 \begin_layout Labeling
1918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1924 \begin_inset space ~
1928 \begin_inset space ~
1935 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1936 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1940 \begin_layout Standard
1941 There are three modifier keys:
1944 \begin_layout Labeling
1945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1963 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1964 LatexCommand nomenclature
1966 description "Control key"
1970 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1971 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1975 \begin_layout Itemize
1984 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1987 \begin_layout Itemize
1996 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1999 \begin_layout Itemize
2008 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2012 \begin_layout Labeling
2013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2031 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2032 LatexCommand nomenclature
2034 description "Shift key"
2038 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2039 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2042 \begin_layout Labeling
2043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2061 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2062 LatexCommand nomenclature
2064 description "Alt or Meta key"
2068 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2069 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2070 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2076 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2078 menu accelerator keys
2081 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2082 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2086 \begin_layout Standard
2087 For example, the sequence
2088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2094 \begin_inset space ~
2098 \begin_inset space ~
2104 \begin_inset space ~
2112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2147 \begin_layout Standard
2152 manual lists all other things bound to the
2160 \begin_layout Standard
2161 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2162 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2163 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2164 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2165 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2166 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2167 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2168 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2184 followed by a capital
2191 \begin_layout Standard
2192 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2194 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2199 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2202 as explained in sec.
2203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2209 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2216 \begin_layout Chapter
2221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2230 \begin_layout Section
2235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2244 \begin_layout Subsection
2248 \begin_layout Standard
2249 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2250 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2251 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2252 numbering schemes, and so on.
2253 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2254 and format the title of your document differently.
2257 \begin_layout Standard
2262 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2263 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2264 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2265 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2266 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2269 \begin_layout Standard
2270 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2271 how to adjust their properties.
2274 \begin_layout Subsection
2279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2288 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 You can select a class using the
2298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2312 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2316 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2320 \begin_layout Standard
2321 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2325 \begin_layout Description
2326 Article for basic articles
2329 \begin_layout Description
2330 Report for basic reports
2333 \begin_layout Description
2334 Book for writing a book
2337 \begin_layout Description
2338 Letter for US-style letters
2341 \begin_layout Standard
2342 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2344 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2345 can be found in chapter
2347 Special Document Classes
2356 \begin_layout Description
2357 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2360 \begin_layout Description
2367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2376 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2380 \begin_layout Description
2381 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2382 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2383 There are three article layouts available.
2384 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2385 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2386 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2387 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2392 sequential numbering
2393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2396 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2397 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2398 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2399 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2402 \begin_layout Description
2403 Beamer Layout for presentations
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2408 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2412 \begin_layout Description
2414 \begin_inset space ~
2417 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2420 \begin_layout Description
2421 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2424 \begin_layout Description
2427 Die TeXnische Komödie
2429 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2436 \begin_layout Description
2437 Foils Used to make transparencies
2440 \begin_layout Description
2441 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2444 \begin_layout Description
2445 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2446 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2450 \begin_layout Description
2451 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2452 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2465 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2472 \begin_layout Description
2477 LaTeX document class
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2484 \begin_layout Description
2489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2496 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2497 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2499 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2502 \begin_layout Description
2503 Slides Used to make transparencies
2506 \begin_layout Description
2508 \begin_inset space ~
2511 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2512 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2515 \begin_layout Description
2516 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2519 \begin_layout Description
2524 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2527 \begin_layout Standard
2528 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2530 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2535 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2536 of the document classes.
2539 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2561 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2562 in the chosen document class.
2563 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2565 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2566 the corresponding module in the
2572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2586 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2590 \begin_layout Standard
2591 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2599 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2600 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2608 \begin_layout Standard
2609 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2617 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2629 \begin_layout Standard
2630 Each class has a default set of options.
2631 Here's a quick table describing them:
2634 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2641 \begin_layout Standard
2643 \begin_inset Tabular
2644 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2645 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2649 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3104 \begin_layout Standard
3105 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3111 \begin_layout Standard
3112 You're probably also wondering what
3113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3117 \begin_inset space ~
3121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3125 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3126 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3131 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3136 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3146 headings, there are also
3154 headings, and so on.
3155 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3156 \begin_inset space ~
3160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3162 reference "sub:Headings"
3169 \begin_layout Subsection
3171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3173 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 \begin_layout Standard
3203 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3205 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3216 \begin_inset space ~
3221 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3223 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3224 to use for your document.
3225 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3229 \begin_layout Standard
3236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3242 \begin_inset space ~
3247 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3248 You can choose between the following five options:
3251 \begin_layout Labeling
3252 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3257 Use default page style of current class.
3260 \begin_layout Labeling
3261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3266 No page numbers or headings.
3269 \begin_layout Labeling
3270 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3278 \begin_layout Labeling
3279 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3284 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3285 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3286 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3289 \begin_layout Labeling
3290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3295 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3305 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3311 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3312 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3314 Check the documentation for the
3318 package for more details,
3319 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3328 \begin_layout Standard
3333 of paragraphs is described in section
3334 \begin_inset space ~
3338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3340 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3347 \begin_layout Subsection
3348 Paper Size and Orientation
3352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3353 Document ! Paper size
3359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3361 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3368 \begin_layout Standard
3369 You'll find the following options in the menu
3372 \begin_inset space ~
3377 of the dialog of the
3379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3397 \begin_layout Labeling
3398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3402 \begin_inset space ~
3407 What size paper to print on.
3411 \begin_layout Itemize
3417 \begin_layout Itemize
3427 \begin_layout Itemize
3433 \begin_layout Itemize
3439 \begin_layout Itemize
3445 \begin_layout Itemize
3451 \begin_layout Itemize
3457 \begin_layout Labeling
3458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3463 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3474 \begin_layout Labeling
3475 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3485 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3488 \begin_layout Subsection
3490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3519 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Paper margins are set in the menu
3522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3538 \begin_layout Standard
3539 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3540 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3541 the paper format and the font size into account.
3544 \begin_layout Subsection
3548 \begin_layout Standard
3549 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3554 That includes the paragraph environments.
3555 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3556 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3557 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3558 paragraph environments to
3562 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3563 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3564 the conversion and why it failed.
3567 \begin_layout Section
3568 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3573 Paragraph ! Indentation
3581 \begin_layout Subsection
3583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3585 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3592 \begin_layout Standard
3593 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3594 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3597 \begin_layout Standard
3598 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3599 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3600 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3601 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3605 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3611 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3612 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3613 language than English.
3614 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3617 \begin_layout Standard
3618 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3619 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3621 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3622 LyX takes care of that.
3623 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3625 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3626 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3627 of a page, and so on.
3631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3632 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3637 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3638 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3642 of these pre-coded spacings.
3643 We'll explain more later.
3646 \begin_layout Subsection
3647 Paragraph Separation
3651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3652 Paragraph ! Separation
3660 \begin_layout Standard
3661 To separate paragraphs, select
3672 \begin_inset space ~
3679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3692 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3693 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3694 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3707 \begin_layout Standard
3708 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3709 \begin_inset space ~
3713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3715 reference "cap:Units"
3720 The default length is 30
3721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3727 \begin_layout Subsection
3731 \begin_layout Standard
3732 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3735 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3737 \begin_inset space ~
3742 dialog and toggle the
3745 \begin_inset space ~
3750 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3751 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3752 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3756 \begin_layout Standard
3757 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3758 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3761 \begin_layout Subsection
3766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3767 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3775 \begin_layout Standard
3778 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3794 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3797 \begin_inset space ~
3806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3807 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3816 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3821 installed to use this feature.
3829 \begin_layout Section
3830 Paragraph Environments
3831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3833 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3842 Paragraph ! Environments
3851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3852 Paragraph environments|(
3860 \begin_layout Subsection
3864 \begin_layout Standard
3865 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3887 \begin_inset Newline newline
3890 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3891 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3892 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3901 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3905 A paragraph environment is simply a
3906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3913 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3914 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3915 scheme, labels, and so on.
3916 Additionally, you can
3917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3924 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3925 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3926 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3927 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3928 days of typewriters.
3929 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3931 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3935 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3936 \begin_inset Graphics
3937 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3943 at the left end of the toolbar.
3944 LyX will change the environment of the
3948 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3949 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3950 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3954 \begin_layout Standard
3963 create a new paragraph using the
3967 paragraph environment.
3969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3976 because if you are in one of these environments:
3979 \begin_layout Itemize
3985 \begin_layout Itemize
3991 \begin_layout Itemize
3997 \begin_layout Itemize
4003 \begin_layout Itemize
4009 \begin_layout Itemize
4015 \begin_layout Itemize
4021 \begin_layout Standard
4022 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4026 , rather than resetting it to
4031 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4032 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4033 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4034 \begin_inset space ~
4038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4040 reference "sec:Nesting"
4045 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4050 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4051 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4055 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4061 \begin_layout Subsection
4065 \begin_layout Standard
4066 The default paragraph environment is
4071 It creates a plain paragraph.
4072 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4073 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4074 this manual) are in the
4081 \begin_layout Standard
4082 You can nest a paragraph using the
4086 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4094 \begin_layout Subsection
4099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4108 \begin_layout Standard
4109 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4118 for thanks or contact information.
4119 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4120 page along with today's date.
4121 For other types of documents, the title
4122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4129 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4133 \begin_layout Standard
4134 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4148 Here's how you use them:
4151 \begin_layout Itemize
4152 Put the title of your document in the
4159 \begin_layout Itemize
4160 Put the author name in the
4167 \begin_layout Itemize
4168 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4169 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4175 Note that using this environment is optional.
4176 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4177 If you don't want any date, add the line
4178 \begin_inset Newline newline
4188 \begin_inset Newline newline
4191 to the preamble of your document (menu
4193 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4199 \begin_layout Standard
4200 You can use footnotes to insert
4201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4208 or contact information.
4211 \begin_layout Subsection
4216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4232 \begin_layout Standard
4233 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4234 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4243 Section headings ! Numbered
4251 \begin_layout Standard
4252 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4256 \begin_layout Enumerate
4262 \begin_layout Enumerate
4268 \begin_layout Enumerate
4274 \begin_layout Enumerate
4280 \begin_layout Enumerate
4286 \begin_layout Enumerate
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4298 \begin_layout Standard
4299 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4300 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4301 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4304 \begin_layout Standard
4305 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4306 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4307 You group the book into chapters.
4308 LyX does similar grouping:
4311 \begin_layout Itemize
4316 is divided in either
4327 \begin_layout Itemize
4339 \begin_layout Itemize
4351 \begin_layout Itemize
4363 \begin_layout Itemize
4375 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Standard
4388 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4396 Not all document types use the
4400 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4405 is the top-level heading.
4413 \begin_layout Standard
4418 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4419 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4421 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4439 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4447 \begin_layout Standard
4448 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4452 \begin_layout Enumerate
4458 \begin_layout Enumerate
4464 \begin_layout Enumerate
4470 \begin_layout Enumerate
4476 \begin_layout Enumerate
4482 \begin_layout Standard
4484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4491 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4492 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4493 table of contents, see section
4494 \begin_inset space ~
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4507 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4508 Changing the Numbering
4509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4511 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4520 in the Table of Contents.
4521 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4523 Certain classes start with
4537 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4547 This is something you can change.
4550 \begin_layout Standard
4553 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4573 \begin_inset space ~
4577 \begin_inset space ~
4582 you'll see two counters.
4587 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4589 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4594 Short Titles of Headings
4598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4599 Section headings ! Short titles
4608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4617 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4624 \begin_layout Standard
4625 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4626 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4627 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4628 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4631 \begin_layout Standard
4632 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4633 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4634 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4635 To specify a short title, use the menu
4637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4639 \begin_inset space ~
4645 This will insert a box labeled
4646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4661 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4662 This also works for captions inside floats.
4665 \begin_layout Standard
4666 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4669 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4673 \begin_layout Standard
4674 The following information applies to all section headings:
4677 \begin_layout Itemize
4678 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4681 \begin_layout Itemize
4682 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4685 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4690 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4693 \begin_layout Subsection
4694 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4697 \begin_layout Standard
4698 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4712 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4713 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4714 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4715 the text they contain.
4716 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4724 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4727 \begin_layout Standard
4728 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4737 when you start a new paragraph.
4738 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4742 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4743 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4744 to change back to the
4748 environment yourself.
4751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4781 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4782 time for the differences.
4791 are identical except for one difference:
4795 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4804 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4808 Here's an example of the
4821 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4823 See – no indentation!
4827 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4828 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4829 the other paragraph.
4832 \begin_layout Standard
4833 Here's another example, this time in the
4840 \begin_layout Quotation
4846 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4847 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4848 the first line, then
4852 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4856 you were quoting other text.
4859 \begin_layout Quotation
4860 Here's a new paragraph.
4861 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4862 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4865 \begin_layout Standard
4866 As the examples show,
4870 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4871 They should put quotes in the
4876 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4880 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4883 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4925 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4931 \begin_inset Newline newline
4934 Which I did not rehearse!
4938 It could be much worse.
4939 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4941 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4942 indented a bit more than the first.
4943 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4949 \begin_inset Newline newline
4952 And make things look fine
4953 \begin_inset Newline newline
4959 arg "newline-insert newline"
4965 \begin_layout Standard
4970 does not indent both margins.
4971 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4972 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4979 arg "newline-insert newline"
4985 \begin_layout Subsection
4990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5006 \begin_layout Standard
5007 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5017 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5026 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5027 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5028 some general features of all four of them.
5031 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5035 \begin_layout Standard
5036 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5038 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5047 reset the environment to
5051 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5052 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5053 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5057 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5060 to break paragraphs.
5063 \begin_layout Standard
5064 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5065 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5067 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5068 you read all of section
5069 \begin_inset space ~
5073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5075 reference "sec:Nesting"
5083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5108 \begin_layout Standard
5109 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5113 paragraph environment.
5114 It has the following properties:
5117 \begin_layout Itemize
5118 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5122 \begin_layout Itemize
5123 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5126 \begin_layout Itemize
5127 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5131 \begin_layout Itemize
5132 The items can have any length.
5133 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5134 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5141 \begin_layout Itemize
5146 environment inside another
5150 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5154 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5164 \begin_inset space ~
5168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5170 reference "sec:Nesting"
5174 for a full explanation of nesting.
5178 \begin_layout Standard
5179 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5188 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5191 \begin_layout Standard
5192 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5193 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5194 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5197 \begin_layout Itemize
5198 The label for the first level
5202 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5206 \begin_layout Itemize
5207 The label for the second level is a dash.
5211 \begin_layout Itemize
5212 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5216 \begin_layout Itemize
5217 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5221 \begin_layout Itemize
5222 Back out to the third level.
5226 \begin_layout Itemize
5227 Back to the second level.
5231 \begin_layout Itemize
5232 Back to the outermost level.
5235 \begin_layout Standard
5236 These are the default labels for an
5241 You can customize these labels in the
5243 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5246 dialog in the submenu
5256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5265 \begin_layout Standard
5266 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5267 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5269 \begin_inset space ~
5273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5275 reference "sec:Nesting"
5282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5300 name "sec:Enumerate"
5307 \begin_layout Standard
5312 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5313 It has these properties:
5316 \begin_layout Enumerate
5317 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5321 \begin_layout Enumerate
5322 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5326 \begin_layout Enumerate
5327 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5330 \begin_layout Enumerate
5335 environment resets the counter to one.
5338 \begin_layout Enumerate
5351 \begin_layout Enumerate
5352 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5353 Items can have any length.
5356 \begin_layout Enumerate
5357 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5360 \begin_layout Enumerate
5361 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5364 \begin_layout Enumerate
5365 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5369 \begin_layout Standard
5378 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5379 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5386 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 The first level of an
5391 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5395 \begin_layout Enumerate
5396 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5400 \begin_layout Enumerate
5401 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5405 \begin_layout Enumerate
5406 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5409 \begin_layout Enumerate
5410 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5415 \begin_layout Enumerate
5416 Back to the third level
5420 \begin_layout Enumerate
5421 Back to the second level.
5425 \begin_layout Enumerate
5426 Back to the outermost level.
5429 \begin_layout Standard
5430 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5435 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5440 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5444 \begin_layout Standard
5445 There is more to nesting
5449 environments than we've stated here.
5450 You should read section
5451 \begin_inset space ~
5455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5457 reference "sec:Nesting"
5461 to learn more about nesting.
5464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5482 \begin_layout Standard
5483 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5487 list has no fixed label.
5488 Instead, LyX uses the first
5489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5496 of the first line as the label.
5500 \begin_layout Description
5501 Example: This is an example of the
5508 \begin_layout Standard
5509 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5513 \begin_layout Standard
5515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5522 it is meant that the first hit of the
5526 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5528 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5536 arg "space-insert protected"
5541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5542 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5544 \begin_inset space ~
5550 \begin_inset space ~
5554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5556 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5560 for more info.) Here is an example:
5563 \begin_layout Description
5565 \begin_inset space ~
5568 Example: This one shows how to use a
5571 \begin_inset space ~
5583 \begin_layout Description
5584 Usage: You should use the
5588 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5589 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5591 It's not a good idea to use a
5595 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5596 You're better off using
5608 paragraphs into them.
5611 \begin_layout Description
5612 Nesting: You can nest
5616 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5620 \begin_layout Standard
5621 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5622 them from the first line.
5625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5648 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5660 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5665 environment is named
5677 \begin_layout Standard
5686 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5687 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5690 \begin_layout Labeling
5691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5693 \begin_inset space ~
5696 labels LyX uses the first
5697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5704 of each line as the item label.
5709 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5710 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5711 blank as described above.
5714 \begin_layout Labeling
5715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5716 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5717 the body of the item text.
5718 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5719 label width plus a little extra space.
5723 \begin_layout Labeling
5724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5726 \begin_inset space ~
5729 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5731 If the label width is larger, the label
5732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5739 into the first line.
5740 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5741 margin of the rest of the item text.
5744 \begin_layout Labeling
5745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5747 \begin_inset space ~
5750 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5755 environment have the same left margin.
5756 \begin_inset Newline newline
5759 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5762 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5764 \begin_inset space ~
5773 \begin_inset space ~
5778 determines the default label width.
5779 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5788 multiple times instead.
5789 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5798 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5806 every time you alter a label in a
5811 \begin_inset Newline newline
5814 The predefined default width is the length of
5815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 \begin_inset Newline newline
5828 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5836 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5837 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5845 \begin_layout Standard
5850 environment the same way like the
5854 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5860 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5864 \begin_layout Standard
5869 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5871 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5873 \begin_inset space ~
5877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5879 reference "sec:Nesting"
5883 to learn about nesting.
5886 \begin_layout Standard
5887 There is yet another feature of the
5891 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5893 You can use additional
5897 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5902 are documented in section
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5909 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5914 Here are some examples:
5915 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5921 \begin_layout Labeling
5922 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5923 Left The default for
5930 \begin_layout Labeling
5931 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5932 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5939 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5942 \begin_layout Labeling
5943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5944 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5948 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5955 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5958 \begin_layout Subsection
5963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5980 \begin_inset space ~
5988 \begin_layout Standard
5989 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5997 \begin_inset space ~
6003 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6004 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6005 In contrast, you can use the
6012 \begin_inset space ~
6017 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6018 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6022 \begin_layout Standard
6023 Of course, you're not limited to using
6030 \begin_inset space ~
6039 \begin_inset space ~
6044 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6045 some European academic papers.
6048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6052 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6059 \begin_layout Standard
6064 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6065 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6069 \begin_inset space ~
6074 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6075 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6076 Here's an example of each:
6079 \begin_layout Right Address
6081 \begin_inset Newline newline
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6089 \begin_inset Newline newline
6092 When is it? What is today?
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6099 \begin_inset space ~
6105 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6106 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6107 Here's an example of the
6114 \begin_layout Address
6116 \begin_inset Newline newline
6119 Where do I send this
6120 \begin_inset Newline newline
6123 Your post office and country
6126 \begin_layout Standard
6127 As you can see, both
6134 \begin_inset space ~
6139 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6144 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6150 This makes sense, since
6158 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6159 Thus, you have to use
6166 arg "newline-insert newline"
6172 \begin_inset space ~
6175 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6177 \begin_inset space ~
6186 menu) to start a new line in an
6193 \begin_inset space ~
6201 \begin_layout Subsection
6205 \begin_layout Standard
6206 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6207 or list of references.
6208 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6227 \begin_layout Standard
6232 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6233 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6234 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6235 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6239 in anything else or vice versa.
6245 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6246 The book document classes ignores the
6250 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6254 in a letter document class.
6257 \begin_layout Standard
6262 environment does several things for you.
6263 First, it puts the centered label
6264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6272 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6274 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6275 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6276 the subsequent text.
6277 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6278 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6281 \begin_layout Standard
6282 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6286 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6287 The new paragraph will still be in the
6292 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6293 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 \begin_inset Float figure
6302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6304 \begin_inset Graphics
6305 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6313 \begin_inset Caption
6315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6318 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6339 \begin_layout Standard
6340 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6344 environment, but since this document is in the
6345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6352 class, we can't do this.
6353 We inserted it therefore as figure
6354 \begin_inset space ~
6358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6360 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6365 If you've never heard of an
6366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6373 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6394 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6401 \begin_layout Standard
6406 environment is used to list references.
6407 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6408 only use it at the end of the document.
6413 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6416 \begin_layout Standard
6417 When you first open a
6421 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6437 depending on the document class.
6438 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6439 Each paragraph of the
6443 environment is a bibliography entry.
6448 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6449 Each new paragraph is still in the
6456 \begin_layout Standard
6457 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6458 by using a BibTeX database.
6459 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6460 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6461 \begin_inset space ~
6465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6467 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6474 \begin_layout Subsection
6481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6482 Paragraph ! LyX code
6488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6497 \begin_layout Standard
6502 environment is another LyX extension.
6503 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6508 key as a fixed whitespace;
6512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6524 \begin_inset space ~
6529 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6534 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6535 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6538 arg "newline-insert newline"
6555 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6556 So, when you finish using the
6560 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6561 Also, you can nest the
6565 environment inside of others.
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6569 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6572 \begin_layout Itemize
6576 arg "newline-insert newline"
6579 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6584 \begin_inset space \space{}
6594 arg "newline-insert newline"
6600 \begin_layout Itemize
6604 arg "newline-insert newline"
6615 \begin_layout Itemize
6620 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6627 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 arg "space-insert protected"
6638 \begin_layout Itemize
6639 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6640 You must put at least one
6644 in any line you want blank.
6645 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6649 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6653 since that will insert
6658 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6661 arg "self-insert \""
6667 \begin_layout Standard
6671 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6675 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6679 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6683 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6687 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6688 printf("Hello World!
6693 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6697 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6702 This is just the standard
6703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6719 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6720 rc-files, and so on.
6721 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6722 as if you used a typewriter.
6726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6727 Paragraph environments|)
6735 \begin_layout Section
6736 Nesting Environments
6740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6741 Nesting ! Environments
6747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6756 \begin_layout Subsection
6760 \begin_layout Standard
6761 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6763 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6765 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6767 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6779 \begin_layout Enumerate
6783 \begin_layout Enumerate
6788 \begin_layout Enumerate
6792 \begin_layout Enumerate
6797 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6803 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6806 \begin_inset space ~
6810 \begin_inset space ~
6818 \begin_inset space ~
6822 \begin_inset space ~
6831 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6832 will tell you how far you are nested).
6833 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6834 \begin_inset Graphics
6835 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6840 \begin_inset Graphics
6841 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6845 or the convenient key bindings
6856 arg "depth-increment"
6862 arg "depth-decrement"
6865 to change the nesting level.
6866 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6867 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6871 \begin_layout Standard
6872 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6873 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6874 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6875 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6878 \begin_layout Standard
6879 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6880 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6882 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6885 \begin_layout Subsection
6886 What You Can and Can't Nest
6889 \begin_layout Standard
6890 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6891 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6895 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6896 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6897 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6900 \begin_layout Itemize
6901 Completely unnestable
6904 \begin_layout Itemize
6905 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6909 \begin_layout Itemize
6910 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6916 environments have them:
6919 \begin_layout Description
6920 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6921 Can't nest into them.
6925 \begin_layout Itemize
6931 \begin_layout Itemize
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6943 \begin_layout Itemize
6949 \begin_layout Itemize
6956 \begin_layout Description
6958 \begin_inset space ~
6961 Nestable You can nest them.
6962 You can nest other things into them.
6966 \begin_layout Itemize
6972 \begin_layout Itemize
6978 \begin_layout Itemize
6984 \begin_layout Itemize
6990 \begin_layout Itemize
6996 \begin_layout Itemize
7002 \begin_layout Itemize
7008 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Description
7016 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7017 You can't nest anything into them.
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 \begin_layout Itemize
7051 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Itemize
7063 \begin_layout Itemize
7069 \begin_layout Itemize
7075 \begin_layout Itemize
7081 \begin_layout Itemize
7087 \begin_layout Itemize
7093 \begin_layout Itemize
7099 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_inset space ~
7109 \begin_layout Itemize
7116 \begin_layout Standard
7117 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7125 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7134 \begin_inset space ~
7138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7142 \begin_inset space \space{}
7145 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7146 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7147 section headings violate this.
7155 \begin_layout Subsection
7156 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7161 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7169 \begin_layout Standard
7170 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7171 affected by nesting anyhow.
7175 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7187 \begin_layout Standard
7189 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7197 Figures and tables in
7201 are not affected by this.
7206 Have a look at section
7207 \begin_inset space ~
7211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7213 reference "sec:Floats"
7217 for more information about
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7225 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7226 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7230 \begin_layout Standard
7231 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7239 of its own, it behaves just like a
7240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7247 paragraph environment.
7248 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7252 \begin_layout Standard
7253 Here's an example with a table:
7256 \begin_layout Enumerate
7261 \begin_layout Enumerate
7262 This is (a) and it's nested.
7266 \begin_layout Standard
7267 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7273 \begin_layout Standard
7275 \begin_inset Tabular
7276 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7277 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7371 \begin_layout Enumerate
7373 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7381 \begin_layout Standard
7382 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7385 \begin_layout Enumerate
7390 \begin_layout Enumerate
7391 This is (a) and it's nested.
7395 \begin_layout Standard
7396 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7402 \begin_layout Standard
7404 \begin_inset Tabular
7405 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7406 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7493 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7499 \begin_layout Enumerate
7506 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7509 \begin_layout Enumerate
7513 \begin_layout Standard
7514 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7518 \begin_layout Standard
7519 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7521 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7524 \begin_layout Enumerate
7529 \begin_layout Enumerate
7530 This is (a) and it's nested.
7533 \begin_layout Standard
7534 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7542 \begin_inset Tabular
7543 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7544 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7630 \begin_layout Standard
7631 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7637 \begin_layout Enumerate
7639 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7647 \begin_layout Enumerate
7651 \begin_layout Standard
7652 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7658 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7659 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7663 \begin_layout Subsection
7664 Usage and General Features
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7677 is the innermost possible depth.
7678 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7681 \begin_layout Enumerate
7682 level #1 - outermost
7686 \begin_layout Enumerate
7691 \begin_layout Enumerate
7696 \begin_layout Enumerate
7701 \begin_layout Itemize
7706 \begin_layout Itemize
7715 \begin_layout Standard
7716 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7717 both of them in the example.
7718 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7728 For example, if we tried to nest another
7733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7740 , we would get errors.
7743 \begin_layout Subsection
7748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7757 \begin_layout Standard
7758 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7759 We have several examples of nested environments.
7760 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7764 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7765 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7768 \begin_layout Labeling
7769 \labelwidthstring MMM
7770 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7779 \begin_layout Labeling
7780 \labelwidthstring MMM
7781 #2-a This is level #2.
7782 We created it by using
7785 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7791 arg "depth-increment"
7798 \begin_layout Labeling
7799 \labelwidthstring MMM
7800 #3-a This is level #3.
7801 This time, we just hit
7808 arg "depth-increment"
7812 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7816 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7822 arg "depth-increment"
7829 \begin_layout Standard
7834 environment, nested inside of
7835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7843 So, it's at level #4.
7844 We did this by hitting
7847 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7853 arg "depth-increment"
7856 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7861 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7877 \begin_layout Standard
7882 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7885 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7891 \begin_layout Labeling
7892 \labelwidthstring MMM
7893 #4-a This is level #4.
7897 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7900 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7905 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7909 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7914 keep nesting things inside
7915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7926 \begin_layout Labeling
7927 \labelwidthstring MMM
7928 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7933 \begin_layout Labeling
7934 \labelwidthstring MMM
7935 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7936 and this is level #6.
7937 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7941 \begin_layout Labeling
7942 \labelwidthstring MMM
7943 #5-b Back to level #5.
7947 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7953 arg "depth-decrement"
7960 \begin_layout Labeling
7961 \labelwidthstring MMM
7965 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7971 arg "depth-decrement"
7974 , we're back at level #4.
7978 \begin_layout Labeling
7979 \labelwidthstring MMM
7980 #3-b Back to level #3.
7981 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7985 \begin_layout Labeling
7986 \labelwidthstring MMM
7987 #2-b Back to level #2.
7992 \begin_layout Labeling
7993 \labelwidthstring MMM
7994 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7995 After this sentence, we'll hit
7999 and change the paragraph environment back to
8006 \begin_layout Standard
8007 We could have also used the
8023 environment in place of the
8028 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8031 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8032 Example 2: Inheritance
8035 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8036 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8039 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8048 arg "depth-increment"
8051 , after which, we'll change to the
8059 \begin_layout Enumerate
8064 environment, at level #2.
8067 \begin_layout Enumerate
8068 Notice how the nested
8072 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8076 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8080 \begin_layout Standard
8081 We ended this example by hitting
8086 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8090 and reset the nesting depth by using
8093 arg "depth-decrement"
8099 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8100 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8113 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8121 \begin_layout Enumerate
8122 This is level #1, in an
8126 paragraph environment.
8127 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8131 \begin_layout Enumerate
8136 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8142 arg "depth-increment"
8146 Now, what happens if we nest an
8150 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8151 label be? An asterisk?
8155 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8166 So, its label is a bullet.
8167 (We got here by using
8170 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8176 arg "depth-increment"
8179 , then changing the environment to
8187 \begin_layout Itemize
8188 Here's level #4, produced using
8191 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8197 arg "depth-increment"
8201 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8206 \begin_layout Enumerate
8207 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8209 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8214 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8218 , because we are in the
8227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8246 \begin_layout Enumerate
8251 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8252 type of numbering does LyX use?
8255 \begin_layout Enumerate
8256 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8259 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8262 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8265 \begin_layout Enumerate
8269 arg "depth-decrement"
8272 to decrease the depth after the next
8275 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8282 \begin_layout Enumerate
8284 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8288 \begin_layout Enumerate
8290 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8291 numeral as the label.Why?
8294 \begin_layout Enumerate
8295 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8304 Notice, however, that LyX
8308 reset the counter for the label.
8312 \begin_layout Enumerate
8316 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8322 arg "depth-decrement"
8325 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8326 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8327 into the twofold-nested
8335 \begin_layout Enumerate
8336 The same thing happens if we do another
8339 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8345 arg "depth-decrement"
8348 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8351 \begin_layout Standard
8352 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8357 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8371 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8377 The same rule applies for the
8381 environment, as well.
8384 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8385 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8388 \begin_layout Enumerate
8389 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8390 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8391 same detail with how we did it.
8400 \begin_layout Standard
8408 arg "depth-increment"
8415 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8416 example in parentheses someplace.
8417 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8418 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8419 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8423 \begin_layout Enumerate
8428 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8433 Now we'll add verse.
8434 \begin_inset Newline newline
8437 It will get much worse.
8438 \begin_inset Newline newline
8448 arg "depth-increment"
8459 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8460 \begin_inset Newline newline
8463 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8464 \begin_inset Newline newline
8470 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8483 \begin_layout Standard
8484 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8490 \begin_layout Standard
8492 \begin_inset Tabular
8493 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8494 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8585 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8595 arg "depth-increment"
8601 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8611 arg "depth-decrement"
8618 \begin_layout Enumerate
8623 : level #1) This is another item.
8624 Note that selecting a
8628 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8629 3 times to put the table inside the
8637 \begin_layout Quotation
8638 We're now ending the
8642 list and changing to
8647 We're still at level #1.
8648 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8649 The next set of paragraphs is a
8650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8664 \begin_inset space ~
8669 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8673 for the letter body.
8677 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8680 to preserve the depth.
8681 Remember that you need to use
8684 arg "newline-insert newline"
8687 to create multiple lines inside the
8694 \begin_inset space ~
8704 \begin_layout Right Address
8706 \begin_inset Newline newline
8709 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8710 \begin_inset Newline newline
8716 \begin_layout Address
8718 \begin_inset space ~
8724 \begin_layout Quotation
8725 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8729 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8730 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8731 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8732 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8733 as soon as possible.
8734 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8737 \begin_layout Quotation
8738 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8739 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8740 with your order, along with payment.
8743 \begin_layout Quotation
8744 We thank you again for your patience.
8747 \begin_layout Address
8749 \begin_inset Newline newline
8756 \begin_layout Quotation
8757 That ends that example!
8760 \begin_layout Standard
8761 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8762 just a few keystrokes.
8763 We could have easily nested an
8784 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8787 \begin_layout Section
8788 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8802 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8803 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8804 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8805 be broken at the end of a line.
8806 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8810 \begin_layout Subsection
8812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8814 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8831 \begin_layout Standard
8832 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8834 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8838 Further documentation is given in section
8839 \begin_inset Newline newline
8843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8845 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8853 \begin_layout Standard
8854 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8869 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8878 A protected space is set with
8880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8881 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8885 \begin_inset space ~
8895 arg "space-insert protected"
8901 \begin_layout Subsection
8903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8905 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8914 Spacing ! Horizontal
8922 \begin_layout Standard
8923 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8925 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8926 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8930 The length units are listed in Appendix
8931 \begin_inset space ~
8935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8937 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8948 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8965 \begin_layout Standard
8967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 \begin_inset space \space{}
8974 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8975 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8976 \begin_inset space ~
8980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8982 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8987 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8988 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8991 arg "space-insert normal"
8997 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9001 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9018 \begin_layout Standard
9020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9027 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9036 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9037 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9038 inside abbreviations:
9043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9047 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9050 \begin_layout Standard
9051 or between values and units.
9052 Compare for example this:
9053 \begin_inset Newline newline
9057 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9061 \begin_inset Newline newline
9067 \begin_layout Standard
9068 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9071 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9073 \begin_inset space ~
9081 arg "space-insert thin"
9087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9091 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9098 \begin_layout Standard
9099 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9102 \begin_layout Description
9104 \begin_inset space ~
9108 \begin_inset space ~
9112 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9116 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9120 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9123 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9126 \begin_layout Description
9128 \begin_inset space ~
9132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9136 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9140 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9144 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9151 em) space between the arrows.
9154 \begin_layout Description
9156 \begin_inset space ~
9160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9164 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9168 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9172 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9176 \begin_inset space ~
9180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9183 em) space between the arrows.
9186 \begin_layout Description
9188 \begin_inset space ~
9192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9196 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9200 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9204 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9208 \begin_inset space ~
9212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9215 em) space between the arrows.
9218 \begin_layout Description
9220 \begin_inset space ~
9224 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9228 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9240 cm space between the arrows.
9243 \begin_layout Standard
9245 \begin_inset space ~
9249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9251 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9255 lists the different space sizes.
9258 \begin_layout Standard
9259 \begin_inset Float table
9264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9266 \begin_inset Caption
9268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9271 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9275 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9285 \begin_inset Tabular
9286 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9287 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9506 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9524 \begin_layout Standard
9525 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9526 in a uniform fashion.
9527 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9528 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9529 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9530 equally between themselves.
9534 \begin_layout Standard
9535 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9540 This is on the left side
9541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9544 This is on the right
9550 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9567 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9577 \begin_layout Standard
9578 That was an example in the
9584 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9592 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9595 is one in a standard paragraph.
9596 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9600 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9603 \begin_layout Standard
9604 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9607 \begin_inset space ~
9612 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9617 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9621 \begin_inset space ~
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9629 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9639 \begin_layout Standard
9641 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9645 \begin_inset space ~
9651 \begin_layout Standard
9653 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9657 \begin_inset space ~
9663 \begin_layout Standard
9665 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9669 \begin_inset space ~
9675 \begin_layout Standard
9677 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9681 \begin_inset space ~
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9696 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9700 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9701 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9702 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9706 option in the space dialog.
9714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9728 \begin_layout Standard
9729 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9735 \begin_inset space \space{}
9738 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9741 \begin_layout Standard
9742 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9745 What is correct English?:
9746 \begin_inset Newline newline
9750 \begin_inset Newline newline
9754 \begin_inset space ~
9757 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9758 \begin_inset Newline newline
9765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9776 \begin_inset Newline newline
9783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9794 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9800 \begin_layout Standard
9801 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9806 \begin_inset space ~
9810 \begin_inset space ~
9814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9818 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9836 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9840 for more information about TeX-Code.
9846 In our case write the command
9853 (note the space after
9854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9861 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9862 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9863 That is why it is named
9864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9876 There exists also the commands
9888 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9889 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9890 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9892 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9904 \begin_layout Subsection
9906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9908 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9926 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9937 There you find the following sizes:
9940 \begin_layout Standard
9953 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9958 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9960 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9973 for the paragraph separation.
9974 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10000 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10001 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10003 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10004 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10013 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10022 s are described in section
10023 \begin_inset space ~
10027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10029 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10038 If there are several
10042 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10043 You can therefore use
10047 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10050 \begin_layout Standard
10055 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10056 \begin_inset space ~
10060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10062 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10069 \begin_layout Standard
10070 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10080 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10081 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10093 \begin_layout Subsection
10094 Paragraph Alignment
10097 \begin_layout Standard
10098 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10100 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10104 There are four possibilities:
10107 \begin_layout Itemize
10113 \begin_layout Itemize
10119 \begin_layout Itemize
10125 \begin_layout Itemize
10131 \begin_layout Standard
10132 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10133 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10134 the left and right margins.
10135 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10138 \begin_layout Standard
10140 This paragraph is right aligned,
10143 \begin_layout Standard
10145 this one is centered,
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10150 this one is left aligned.
10153 \begin_layout Subsection
10158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10159 Page breaks ! Forced
10165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10167 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10174 \begin_layout Standard
10175 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10176 can force a page break where you want one.
10177 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10178 Only if you use a lot of
10182 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10185 \begin_layout Standard
10186 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10187 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10191 have to change the page breaking.
10194 \begin_layout Standard
10195 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10197 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10200 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10202 \begin_inset space ~
10208 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10211 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10213 \begin_inset space ~
10218 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10220 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10221 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10224 \begin_layout Standard
10225 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10226 at the top of a page.
10227 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10228 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10229 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10230 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10234 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10238 to learn more about
10245 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10249 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10258 Page breaks ! Clear
10266 \begin_layout Standard
10267 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10268 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10269 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10270 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10271 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10274 \begin_layout Standard
10275 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10278 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10280 \begin_inset space ~
10286 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10289 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10291 \begin_inset space ~
10295 \begin_inset space ~
10300 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10301 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10304 \begin_layout Subsection
10309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10318 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10326 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10328 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10331 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10333 \begin_inset space ~
10337 \begin_inset space ~
10345 arg "newline-insert newline"
10349 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10352 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10354 \begin_inset space ~
10358 \begin_inset space ~
10363 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10365 This is necessary to avoid
10366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10373 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10376 \begin_layout Standard
10377 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10378 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10379 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10380 set a line break, e.
10381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10385 \begin_inset space \space{}
10388 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10389 \begin_inset space ~
10393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10395 reference "sec:Quote"
10400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10402 reference "sec:Verse"
10407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10409 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10416 \begin_layout Subsection
10418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10420 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10437 \begin_layout Standard
10442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10443 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10445 \begin_inset space ~
10450 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10456 \begin_layout Section
10457 Characters and Symbols
10460 \begin_layout Standard
10461 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10462 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10467 \begin_inset space \space{}
10470 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10478 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10482 for information on how this is done.
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10491 dialog via the menu
10493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10494 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10500 \begin_layout Standard
10501 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10509 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10510 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10511 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10519 \begin_layout Section
10520 Fonts and Text Styles
10521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10523 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10530 \begin_layout Subsection
10535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10544 \begin_layout Standard
10545 There are two types of fonts:
10548 \begin_layout Description
10550 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10563 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10568 characters) in the font.
10569 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10570 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10571 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10572 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10573 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10574 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10575 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10576 \begin_inset Newline newline
10579 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10580 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10581 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10582 sizes than at small ones.
10583 \begin_inset Newline newline
10597 \begin_inset space ~
10605 \begin_layout Description
10607 \begin_inset space ~
10614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10620 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10621 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10622 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10623 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10624 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10625 picture manipulation program.
10626 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10627 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10628 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10629 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10630 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10632 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10633 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10634 \begin_inset Newline newline
10637 Bitmap fonts are named
10640 \begin_inset space ~
10645 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10648 \begin_layout Standard
10649 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10650 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10651 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10652 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10653 use scalable fonts.
10656 \begin_layout Standard
10657 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10658 its document properties.
10661 \begin_layout Standard
10662 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10663 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10664 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10665 font to emphasize text, you use an
10666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10674 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10675 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10679 \begin_layout Subsection
10680 Document Font and Font size
10681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10683 name "sub:Document-Font"
10691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10710 \begin_layout Standard
10711 You can set the document fonts in the
10713 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10721 Document ! Settings
10727 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10728 font shapes roman (serif),
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10744 The possible options for the font include
10748 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10753 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10775 European Computer Modern
10778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10788 \begin_layout Standard
10797 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10798 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10803 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10806 \begin_inset space ~
10811 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10817 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10818 There are three ways to use one:
10821 \begin_layout Itemize
10822 One way is to use the
10832 Virtual means that it
10833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10844 -glyphs from other fonts.
10845 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10867 Loading the LaTeX-package
10875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10876 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10881 with the document preamble line
10882 \begin_inset Newline newline
10889 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10890 \begin_inset Newline newline
10895 will fix the guillemet problem.
10900 and that accented characters are not
10904 glyph, they are build of
10908 characters, the accent and the letter.
10909 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10913 fonts for words with accented characters.
10914 If you search for example for the French word
10915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10922 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10931 and not for the glyph
10932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10936 \begin_inset space ~
10940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10946 \begin_layout Itemize
10947 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10960 , consist of these three main font types
10963 \begin_inset space ~
10992 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10996 \begin_inset space ~
11003 as typewriter font.
11004 \begin_inset Newline newline
11007 The differences between roman,
11010 \begin_inset space ~
11019 fonts are explained in section
11020 \begin_inset space ~
11024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11026 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11031 \begin_inset Newline newline
11038 was originally designed for newspapers.
11039 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11040 into the small newspaper columns.
11045 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11048 \begin_layout Itemize
11049 The best solution is to use the
11058 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11062 as the default font.
11063 In most cases they look the same as
11071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 One difference is improved kerning for the
11085 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11096 \begin_layout Standard
11097 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11100 For the font size there are four possible values:
11117 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11120 \begin_layout Standard
11121 The font sizes are the
11126 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11127 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11128 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11131 \begin_inset space ~
11137 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11138 \begin_inset space ~
11142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11144 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11151 \begin_layout Standard
11156 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11157 a font to display the script characters.
11161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11162 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11167 So this has no effect for the document language
11183 \begin_layout Standard
11184 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11188 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11196 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11200 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11201 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11202 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11204 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11207 dialog, see section
11208 \begin_inset space ~
11212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11214 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11226 \begin_layout Subsection
11227 Using Different Character Styles
11231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11250 \begin_layout Standard
11251 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11252 certain paragraph environments.
11253 LyX supports two character styles,
11262 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11266 \begin_layout Standard
11271 style, do one of the following:
11274 \begin_layout Itemize
11275 click on the toolbar button
11276 \begin_inset Graphics
11277 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11284 \begin_layout Itemize
11285 use the key binding
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 These commands are all toggles.
11300 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11303 \begin_layout Standard
11304 One typically uses the
11308 style for proper names.
11310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11317 is the original author of LyX.
11318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11324 \begin_layout Standard
11325 A more widely used character style is the
11330 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11337 \begin_layout Itemize
11338 clicking on the toolbar button
11339 \begin_inset Graphics
11340 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11347 \begin_layout Itemize
11348 using the keybindings
11357 \begin_layout Standard
11362 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11363 es use a different font.
11366 \begin_layout Standard
11367 We've been using the
11371 style all over the place in this document.
11372 Here's one more example:
11375 \begin_layout Quotation
11378 Don't overuse character styles!
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11382 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11383 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11384 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11385 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11400 \begin_inset space ~
11408 \begin_layout Subsection
11409 Fine-Tuning with the
11414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11416 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 \begin_layout Standard
11434 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11435 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11436 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11437 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11438 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11439 from ordinary dialog.
11442 \begin_layout Standard
11443 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11444 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11445 \begin_inset Newline newline
11448 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11449 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 To use custom character styles, open the
11455 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11457 \begin_inset space ~
11463 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11464 font property which you can choose.
11465 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11468 \begin_inset space ~
11473 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11478 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11479 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11480 environments in a snap.
11483 \begin_layout Standard
11484 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11487 \begin_inset space ~
11499 \begin_layout Labeling
11500 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11514 The possible options are:
11518 \begin_layout Labeling
11519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11524 This is the Roman font family.
11525 Normally a serif font.
11526 It's also the default family.
11536 \begin_layout Labeling
11537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11541 \begin_inset space ~
11548 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11560 \begin_layout Labeling
11561 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11568 This is the Typewriter font family.
11574 arg "font-typewriter"
11583 \begin_layout Labeling
11584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11589 This corresponds to the print weight.
11594 \begin_layout Labeling
11595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11600 This is the Medium font series.
11601 It's also the default series.
11604 \begin_layout Labeling
11605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11612 This is the Bold font series.
11625 \begin_layout Labeling
11626 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11631 As the name implies.
11636 \begin_layout Labeling
11637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11642 This is the Upright font shape.
11643 It's also the default shape.
11646 \begin_layout Labeling
11647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11661 s the Italic font shape
11667 \begin_layout Labeling
11668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11675 This is the Slanted font shape
11677 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11680 \begin_layout Labeling
11681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11685 \begin_inset space ~
11692 This is the Small caps font shape
11699 \begin_layout Labeling
11700 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11705 Alters the size of the font.
11706 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11707 nal to the document font size.
11708 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11709 what you want to do.
11714 \begin_layout Labeling
11715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11736 arg "font-size tiny"
11742 \begin_layout Labeling
11743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11764 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11770 \begin_layout Labeling
11771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11792 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11798 \begin_layout Labeling
11799 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11820 arg "font-size small"
11826 \begin_layout Labeling
11827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11841 It's also the default size.
11845 arg "font-size normal"
11851 \begin_layout Labeling
11852 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11873 arg "font-size large"
11879 \begin_layout Labeling
11880 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11901 arg "font-size larger"
11907 \begin_layout Labeling
11908 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11929 arg "font-size largest"
11935 \begin_layout Labeling
11936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11957 arg "font-size huge"
11963 \begin_layout Labeling
11964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11985 arg "font-size giant"
11992 \begin_layout Standard
11997 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11998 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11999 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12000 - use that instead.
12001 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12004 \begin_layout Labeling
12005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12010 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12015 \begin_layout Labeling
12016 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12023 This is text with emphasize on
12026 This might seem like the same as
12030 , but it is actually a bit different.
12036 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12038 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12041 \begin_layout Labeling
12042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12049 This is text with Underbar on.
12055 arg "font-underline"
12061 \begin_inset Newline newline
12066 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12067 when you couldn't change fonts.
12068 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12069 It's only included in LyX because some people
12073 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12076 \begin_layout Labeling
12077 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12084 This is text with Noun on.
12091 , this is a logical attribute.
12092 Normally it's equivalent to
12095 \begin_inset space ~
12104 \begin_layout Labeling
12105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12110 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12111 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12115 \begin_inset space ~
12120 , which is the default
12121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12128 and means normally black, you can choose between
12164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12173 \begin_layout Labeling
12174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12179 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12180 the language of the document.
12181 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12185 \begin_layout Standard
12186 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12187 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12189 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12191 \begin_inset space ~
12196 dialog, the settings are saved.
12197 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12198 \begin_inset Graphics
12199 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12204 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12205 when the dialog isn't visible.
12209 \begin_layout Standard
12210 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12217 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12218 (suppose you just set the shape to
12219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12237 \begin_inset space ~
12249 \begin_layout Standard
12250 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12258 \begin_inset space ~
12270 \begin_layout Itemize
12276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12283 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12301 \begin_inset Newline newline
12308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12333 \begin_inset Note Note
12336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12337 For more on phantoms see section
12338 \begin_inset space ~
12342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12344 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12354 \begin_inset Newline newline
12360 \begin_layout Itemize
12365 fonts use characters with serifs.
12366 These are the small
12367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12374 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12375 The following example will show the difference:
12376 \begin_inset Newline newline
12380 \begin_inset Newline newline
12385 text without serifs
12388 \begin_inset Newline newline
12391 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12392 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12399 \begin_layout Itemize
12405 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12406 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12409 \begin_layout Standard
12410 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12411 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12414 \begin_layout Section
12415 Printing and Previewing
12418 \begin_layout Subsection
12422 \begin_layout Standard
12423 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12424 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12425 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12426 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12427 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12430 \begin_inset space ~
12438 \begin_layout Standard
12439 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12440 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12441 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12442 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12443 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12444 This happens in two stages:
12447 \begin_layout Enumerate
12448 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12449 generating a file with the extension,
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12464 \begin_layout Enumerate
12465 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12469 file to produce printable output.
12473 \begin_layout Subsection
12474 Output file formats
12478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12487 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12500 File formats ! ASCII
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 This file type has the extension
12510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12522 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12533 \begin_layout Standard
12534 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12536 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12537 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12549 File formats ! LaTeX
12557 \begin_layout Standard
12558 This file type has the extension
12559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12570 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12572 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12573 it manually with console commands.
12574 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12575 you view or export your document.
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12579 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12581 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12582 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12613 \begin_layout Standard
12614 This file type has the extension
12615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12635 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12636 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12637 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12641 \begin_layout Standard
12642 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12643 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12644 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12645 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12647 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12650 \begin_layout Standard
12651 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12653 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12654 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12666 File formats ! PostScript
12674 \begin_layout Standard
12675 This file type has the extension
12676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12688 PostScript was developed by the company
12692 as a printer language.
12693 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12695 PostScript can be seen as a
12696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12699 programming language
12700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12703 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12708 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12718 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12728 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12731 \begin_layout Standard
12732 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12736 Encapsulated PostScript
12737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12740 (EPS, file extension
12741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12753 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12754 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12759 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12763 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12764 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12765 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12766 EPS to avoid this problem.
12769 \begin_layout Standard
12770 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12772 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12773 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12803 \begin_layout Standard
12804 This file type has the extension
12805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12821 Portable Document Format
12822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12829 was derived from PostScript.
12830 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12839 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12840 looks exactly the same.
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12848 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12852 (JPG, file extension
12853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12880 Portable Network Graphics
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 (PNG, file extension
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12898 in the background to one of these formats.
12899 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12900 will slow down your workflow.
12901 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12907 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12910 in three different ways:
12913 \begin_layout Description
12914 PDF This uses the program
12918 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12919 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12923 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12924 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12927 \begin_layout Description
12929 \begin_inset space ~
12932 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12936 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12940 \begin_layout Description
12942 \begin_inset space ~
12945 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12949 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12952 \begin_layout Standard
12953 We recommend to use
12956 \begin_inset space ~
12965 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
12966 works without problems.
12971 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12974 \begin_layout Subsection
12979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12990 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12994 and choose a file type.
12995 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
12998 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 you can use the toolbar button
13002 \begin_inset Graphics
13003 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13010 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13015 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13017 \begin_inset space ~
13023 \begin_inset Graphics
13024 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13030 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13034 \begin_inset Graphics
13035 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13042 arg "buffer-view ps"
13048 \begin_layout Standard
13049 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13050 viewer window using the menu
13052 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13058 \begin_layout Standard
13059 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13061 To have a real output, export your document.
13064 \begin_layout Subsection
13065 Printing the File from within LyX
13066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13068 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13075 \begin_layout Standard
13076 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13077 it directly from within LyX.
13078 To print a file, select the menu
13080 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13083 or click on the toolbar button
13084 \begin_inset Graphics
13085 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13090 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13091 This file is then processed by the program
13095 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13100 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13103 \begin_layout Standard
13104 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13105 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13106 printing one set to print on the other side.
13107 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13108 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13109 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13112 \begin_layout Standard
13113 You can set the parameters in the
13116 \begin_inset space ~
13124 \begin_layout Labeling
13125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13130 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13135 Note that this printer name is for the program
13144 has to be configured for this printer name.
13145 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13146 \begin_inset space ~
13150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13152 reference "sub:Printer"
13161 The printer should understand PostScript.
13164 \begin_layout Labeling
13165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13170 The name of a file to print to.
13171 The output will be a PostScript file.
13172 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13176 \begin_layout Section
13177 A few Words about Typography
13181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13190 \begin_layout Subsection
13195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13204 \begin_layout Standard
13206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13217 character comes in four lengths: the
13229 , and the minus sign:
13230 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13236 \begin_layout Standard
13237 \begin_inset Tabular
13238 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13239 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13240 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13241 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13242 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13243 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13272 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13312 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13339 \begin_inset space ~
13342 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13349 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13376 \begin_inset space ~
13379 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13400 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13434 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13440 \begin_layout Standard
13441 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 character multiple times in a row.
13454 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13455 the final output, but not in LyX.
13457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13489 math mode and has a length of its own.
13490 Here are some examples of the
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13505 \begin_layout Enumerate
13506 line- and page-breaks
13507 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13517 \begin_layout Enumerate
13519 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13529 \begin_layout Enumerate
13530 Oh — there's a dash.
13531 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13541 \begin_layout Enumerate
13542 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13556 \begin_layout Subsection
13561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13570 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13579 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13588 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13593 following the rules of the document language
13597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13598 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13606 \begin_inset space ~
13610 \begin_inset space ~
13617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13628 \begin_layout Standard
13629 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13634 font and with unusual constructs, like
13635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13643 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13644 This is done with the menu
13646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13647 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13649 \begin_inset space ~
13655 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13656 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13660 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13661 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13671 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13679 as hyphenation possibility.
13680 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13681 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13682 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13688 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13689 As LyX doesn't support
13695 , you have to use TeX Code.
13696 The result looks in LyX like:
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13700 \begin_inset Graphics
13701 filename clipart/mbox.png
13708 \begin_layout Standard
13709 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13710 \begin_inset space ~
13714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13716 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13723 \begin_layout Subsection
13728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13737 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13738 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13741 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13748 \begin_layout Standard
13749 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13750 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13751 LaTeX then adds the
13752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13755 appropriate amount of space
13756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13760 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13762 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13765 \begin_layout Standard
13766 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13767 not work in all cases.
13769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13780 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13781 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 Here are some examples of
13789 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13792 \begin_layout Itemize
13797 \begin_layout Itemize
13802 \begin_layout Standard
13803 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13806 \begin_layout Itemize
13808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13812 this is too much space!
13815 \begin_layout Itemize
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13825 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13828 \begin_layout Enumerate
13832 \begin_inset space ~
13837 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13838 \begin_inset space ~
13842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13844 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13853 Spaces ! inter-word
13861 \begin_layout Enumerate
13865 \begin_inset space ~
13870 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13871 \begin_inset space ~
13875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13877 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13894 \begin_layout Enumerate
13898 \begin_inset space ~
13902 \begin_inset space ~
13906 \begin_inset space ~
13913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13915 \begin_inset space ~
13920 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13921 This function is also bound to
13924 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13930 \begin_layout Standard
13931 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13934 \begin_layout Itemize
13936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13940 \begin_inset space \space{}
13943 this is too much space!
13946 \begin_layout Itemize
13947 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13951 \begin_layout Standard
13952 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13953 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
13954 will take care of this.
13957 \begin_layout Standard
13958 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13962 \begin_inset space ~
13967 feature described in section
13973 Additional Features
13978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13984 Typography ! Quotes
13993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14024 \begin_layout Standard
14025 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14026 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14027 and use a closing quote at the end.
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 The keyboard character,
14041 , generates this automatically.
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14045 You can change the behavior of the
14049 key using the submenu
14055 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14063 Document ! Settings
14071 \begin_layout Standard
14072 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14077 There are six choices:
14080 \begin_layout Labeling
14081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14093 Use quotes like this
14094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14102 \begin_inset Quotes els
14106 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14112 \begin_layout Labeling
14113 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14116 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14120 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14126 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14130 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14140 \begin_layout Labeling
14141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14144 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14148 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14154 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14158 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14162 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14166 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14172 \begin_layout Labeling
14173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14176 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14186 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14198 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14204 \begin_layout Labeling
14205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14208 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14218 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14222 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14230 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14236 \begin_layout Labeling
14237 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14240 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14244 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14250 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14254 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14258 \begin_inset Quotes als
14262 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14269 These settings affect what character the
14276 \begin_layout Subsection
14281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14282 Typography ! Ligatures
14291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14322 name "sub:Ligatures"
14329 \begin_layout Standard
14330 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14331 print them as single characters.
14332 These groups are known as
14337 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14339 Here are the standard ligatures:
14342 \begin_layout Itemize
14346 \begin_layout Itemize
14350 \begin_layout Itemize
14354 \begin_layout Itemize
14358 \begin_layout Itemize
14362 \begin_layout Standard
14363 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14366 \begin_layout Standard
14367 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14368 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14376 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14392 To break a ligature, use
14394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14395 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14397 \begin_inset space ~
14404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14415 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14432 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14440 \begin_layout Subsection
14445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14454 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14461 \begin_layout Standard
14462 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14463 characters in different sizes and heights.
14464 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14465 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14485 \begin_inset Note Note
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14497 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14498 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14503 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14507 \begin_layout Description
14508 LyX The name of the game, write
14509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14530 \begin_layout Description
14531 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_layout Description
14554 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 \begin_layout Description
14577 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14599 \begin_layout Standard
14600 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14613 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14614 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14615 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14618 : The actual version is
14619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14626 , the previous one was
14627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14637 \begin_layout Standard
14638 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14643 \begin_inset space \space{}
14646 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14648 This will look in LyX like:
14649 \begin_inset Graphics
14650 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14656 \begin_inset Newline newline
14659 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14660 \begin_inset space ~
14664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14666 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14673 \begin_layout Subsection
14678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14687 \begin_layout Standard
14688 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14689 space between two words.
14690 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14700 for units use the menu
14702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14703 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14705 \begin_inset space ~
14713 arg "space-insert thin"
14719 \begin_layout Standard
14720 Here's an example to show the differences:
14723 \begin_layout Standard
14724 \begin_inset Tabular
14725 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14726 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14727 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14728 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14735 \begin_inset space ~
14739 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14751 space between number and unit
14758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14767 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14779 half space between number and unit
14792 \begin_layout Subsection
14797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14798 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14806 \begin_layout Standard
14807 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14809 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14810 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14811 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14812 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14813 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14814 These bits of text became known as
14825 \begin_layout Standard
14826 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14827 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14828 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14829 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14830 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14831 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14832 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14835 \begin_layout Standard
14836 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14837 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14838 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14839 \begin_inset space ~
14843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14845 key "latexcompanion"
14850 \begin_inset space ~
14854 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14860 ] may have more information.
14861 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14864 \begin_layout Chapter
14865 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14868 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14875 \begin_layout Standard
14876 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14881 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14884 \begin_layout Section
14889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14905 \begin_layout Standard
14906 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14909 \begin_layout Description
14911 \begin_inset space ~
14914 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14915 \begin_inset Newline newline
14919 \begin_inset Note Note
14922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14923 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14931 \begin_layout Description
14932 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14933 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14935 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14936 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14937 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14940 \begin_inset Newline newline
14944 \begin_inset Note Comment
14947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14948 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14956 \begin_layout Description
14958 \begin_inset space ~
14961 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14962 \begin_inset Newline newline
14966 \begin_inset Newline newline
14970 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14979 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14980 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14981 How this can be done is explained in the
14990 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14996 \begin_inset Newline newline
15000 \begin_inset Newline newline
15003 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15004 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15009 \begin_inset Graphics
15010 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15012 scaleBeforeRotation
15018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15022 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15025 \begin_layout Section
15030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15039 name "sec:Footnotes"
15046 \begin_layout Standard
15047 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15053 or the toolbar button
15054 \begin_inset Graphics
15055 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15068 \begin_inset Graphics
15069 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15078 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15107 label, the box will
15111 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15112 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15125 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15141 \begin_layout Standard
15142 Here's an example footnote:
15150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15151 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15159 \begin_layout Standard
15160 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15161 position where the footnote box is placed.
15162 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15163 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15164 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15165 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15166 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15171 ey are described in the
15178 \begin_layout Section
15183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15192 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15199 \begin_layout Standard
15200 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15201 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15205 \begin_inset space ~
15210 or the toolbar button
15211 \begin_inset Graphics
15212 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15239 appearing within your text.
15240 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15249 \begin_layout Standard
15250 At the side is an example marginal note.
15254 \begin_inset Marginal
15257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 This is a marginal note.
15266 \begin_layout Standard
15267 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15268 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15269 pages, right on odd pages.
15272 \begin_layout Section
15273 Graphics and Images
15277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15296 name "sec:Graphics"
15303 \begin_layout Standard
15304 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15305 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15306 \begin_inset Graphics
15307 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15317 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15321 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15326 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15327 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15329 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15330 \begin_inset space ~
15334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15336 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15348 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15349 of the image in the output.
15350 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15354 \begin_inset space ~
15358 \begin_inset space ~
15367 \begin_inset space ~
15371 \begin_inset space ~
15375 \begin_inset space ~
15380 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15381 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15389 \begin_layout Standard
15392 LaTeX and LyX options
15394 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15395 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15399 \begin_inset space ~
15404 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15405 with the image size is printed.
15409 \begin_inset space ~
15413 \begin_inset space ~
15417 \begin_inset space ~
15422 is explained in the
15433 \begin_layout Standard
15434 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15435 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15437 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15443 \begin_inset Graphics
15444 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15446 rotateOrigin center
15453 \begin_layout Standard
15454 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15455 the image into a float, see section
15456 \begin_inset space ~
15460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15462 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15469 \begin_layout Subsection
15474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15483 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15491 You can insert images in any known file format.
15492 But as we explained in section
15493 \begin_inset space ~
15497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15499 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15503 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15504 LyX uses therefore the program
15508 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15509 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15510 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15511 \begin_inset space ~
15515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15517 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15524 \begin_layout Standard
15525 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15528 \begin_layout Description
15530 \begin_inset space ~
15533 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15534 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15535 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15539 Graphics Interchange Format
15540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15543 (GIF, file extension
15544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15591 Portable Network Graphics
15592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15595 (PNG, file extension
15596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15643 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15647 (JPG, file extension
15648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_layout Description
15708 \begin_inset space ~
15711 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15713 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15714 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15715 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15716 \begin_inset Newline newline
15719 Scalable image formats can be
15720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15723 Scalable Vector Graphics
15724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15727 (SVG, file extension
15728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15775 Encapsulated PostScript
15776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15779 (EPS, file extension
15780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15827 Portable Document Format
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15831 (PDF, file extension
15832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15854 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15855 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15856 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15862 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15871 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15875 \begin_layout Subsection
15876 Grouping of Image Settings
15880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 Images ! Settings grouping
15889 \begin_layout Standard
15890 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15892 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15893 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15895 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15896 need to manually change each of them.
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15901 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15904 \begin_inset space ~
15909 field in the Graphics dialog.
15910 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15911 by checking the name of the desired group.
15914 \begin_layout Section
15919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15936 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15937 \begin_inset Graphics
15938 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15949 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15950 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15951 from the rest of the table.
15952 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15953 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15955 Here's an example table:
15958 \begin_layout Standard
15960 \begin_inset Tabular
15961 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15962 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 \begin_layout Subsection
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16171 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16172 brings up the table dialog.
16173 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16174 where the cursor is placed currently.
16175 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16176 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16177 done on all of your selection.
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16181 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16184 \begin_inset space ~
16189 helps you in setting table properties.
16190 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16193 \begin_layout Standard
16197 \begin_inset space ~
16202 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16203 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16204 current cell respectively.
16205 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16207 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16208 of text, see section
16209 \begin_inset space ~
16213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16215 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16222 \begin_layout Standard
16223 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16229 This will merge the cells to
16233 cell, spread over more than one column.
16234 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16235 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16236 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16237 in the last row without the upper border:
16240 \begin_layout Standard
16242 \begin_inset Tabular
16243 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16244 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16245 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16246 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16247 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16248 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16259 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16268 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 \begin_layout Standard
16380 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16381 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16382 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16383 explained in the tables section of the
16386 \begin_inset space ~
16392 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16396 degrees counterclockwise.
16397 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16400 \begin_layout Standard
16401 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16409 Most DVI-viewers are
16413 able to display rotations.
16421 \begin_layout Standard
16426 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16431 adds lines for all cell borders.
16434 \begin_layout Subsection
16439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 Tables ! Longtables
16449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16459 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16462 \begin_inset space ~
16466 \begin_inset space ~
16475 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16476 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16479 \begin_layout Description
16484 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16485 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16486 except for the first page, if
16489 \begin_inset space ~
16497 \begin_layout Description
16501 \begin_inset space ~
16506 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16507 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16510 \begin_layout Description
16515 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16516 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16517 except for the last page, if
16520 \begin_inset space ~
16528 \begin_layout Description
16532 \begin_inset space ~
16537 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16538 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16541 \begin_layout Description
16542 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16543 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16549 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16552 \begin_inset space ~
16560 \begin_layout Standard
16561 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16562 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16563 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16564 The others will then be defined as
16569 In this context, first means first in this order:
16572 \begin_inset space ~
16584 \begin_inset space ~
16590 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16593 \begin_layout Standard
16595 \begin_inset Tabular
16596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16597 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16598 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16599 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16600 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16601 <row endfirsthead="true">
16602 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16613 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16622 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16632 <row endfirsthead="true">
16633 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16644 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16653 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16665 <row endhead="true">
16666 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16677 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16686 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 <row endhead="true">
16697 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16717 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16729 <row endfoot="true">
16730 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <row endlastfoot="true">
18712 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 \begin_layout Subsection
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18763 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18770 \begin_layout Standard
18771 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18772 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18773 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18774 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18778 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18779 for the cell's paragraph.
18782 \begin_layout Standard
18783 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18784 for the column in the table dialog.
18785 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18786 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18790 \begin_layout Standard
18792 \begin_inset Tabular
18793 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18794 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18795 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18796 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18817 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18942 This is longer now.
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18999 This is longer now.
19004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 \begin_layout Standard
19031 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19032 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19038 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19044 Selection with the mouse or with
19048 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19049 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19050 the selection from outside the table.
19053 \begin_layout Section
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19074 \begin_layout Standard
19075 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19076 have a fixed location.
19078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19085 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19093 \begin_inset space ~
19098 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19099 too many notes on the page.
19102 \begin_layout Standard
19103 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19104 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19105 and pages without text.
19106 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19107 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19108 Floats are therefore numbered.
19109 Referencing is described in section
19110 \begin_inset space ~
19114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19116 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19123 \begin_layout Standard
19124 To insert a float, use the menu
19126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19130 A box with a caption that has e.
19131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19135 \begin_inset space \space{}
19139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19143 \begin_inset space ~
19147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19150 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19151 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19153 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19164 paragraph within the float.
19165 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19166 by left-clicking on the box label.
19167 A closed float box looks like this:
19168 \begin_inset Graphics
19169 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19174 – a gray button with a red label.
19177 \begin_layout Standard
19178 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19179 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19182 \begin_layout Subsection
19186 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 Floats ! Figure floats
19198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19200 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19207 \begin_layout Standard
19210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19211 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19214 inserts a float with the label
19215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19221 \begin_inset space ~
19227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19231 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19232 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19233 This is what we did for Figure
19234 \begin_inset space ~
19238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19240 reference "cap:Platypus"
19245 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19246 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19247 This was done in Figure
19248 \begin_inset space ~
19252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19254 reference "cap:Escher"
19261 \begin_layout Standard
19262 \begin_inset Float figure
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 \begin_inset Graphics
19270 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19272 rotateOrigin center
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 \begin_inset Caption
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19285 name "cap:Platypus"
19289 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19302 \begin_layout Standard
19303 \begin_inset Float figure
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 \begin_inset Caption
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 \begin_inset Graphics
19330 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19332 rotateOrigin center
19344 \begin_layout Standard
19345 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19347 As described in section
19348 \begin_inset space ~
19352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19354 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19358 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19363 and refer to it using the menu
19365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19369 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19378 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19390 \begin_layout Standard
19391 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19392 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19393 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19394 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19396 \begin_inset space ~
19400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19402 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19406 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19407 You can also set the images one below the other.
19409 \begin_inset space ~
19413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19415 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19422 reference "fig:Platypus"
19426 are the subfigures.
19429 \begin_layout Standard
19430 \begin_inset Float figure
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19440 \begin_inset Float figure
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 \begin_inset Caption
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19451 name "fig:Undefinable"
19463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 \begin_inset Graphics
19465 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19480 \begin_inset Float figure
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 \begin_inset Caption
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19491 name "fig:Platypus"
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 \begin_inset Graphics
19505 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19517 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 \begin_inset Caption
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19529 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19533 Two distorted images.
19546 \begin_layout Standard
19547 Note that the caption is added to the
19550 \begin_inset space ~
19554 \begin_inset space ~
19559 as described in section
19560 \begin_inset space ~
19564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19566 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19573 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 Floats ! Table floats
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19591 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19595 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19598 \begin_inset space ~
19602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19604 reference "cap:Table-float"
19608 is an example of a table float.
19611 \begin_layout Standard
19612 \begin_inset Float table
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 \begin_inset Caption
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19623 name "cap:Table-float"
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 \begin_inset Tabular
19638 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19639 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19642 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19792 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19848 \begin_layout Standard
19849 This float type is inserted with the menu
19851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19852 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19856 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19857 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19861 , described in section
19862 \begin_inset space ~
19866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19868 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19875 \begin_layout Standard
19876 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19890 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19893 \begin_layout Standard
19898 floatname{algorithm}{your
19899 \begin_inset space ~
19905 \begin_layout Standard
19906 to the document preamble (menu
19908 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19915 \begin_inset space ~
19921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19941 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19949 \begin_layout Standard
19950 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 \begin_inset Graphics
19959 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19961 rotateOrigin center
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 \begin_inset Caption
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19974 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19978 This is a wrapped figure.
19979 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19992 This float type is used if you want to
19993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20000 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20002 It can be inserted using the menu
20004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20005 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20007 \begin_inset space ~
20012 if the LaTeX-package
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20034 \begin_inset space ~
20044 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20047 \begin_inset space ~
20051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20053 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20057 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20066 Available units are explained in Appendix
20067 \begin_inset space ~
20071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20073 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20082 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20086 \begin_layout Standard
20087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20100 \begin_inset space \space{}
20103 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20104 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20113 \begin_layout Itemize
20114 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20115 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20116 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20117 page breaks will appear.
20120 \begin_layout Itemize
20121 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20122 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20125 \begin_layout Itemize
20126 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20127 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20130 \begin_layout Itemize
20131 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20134 \begin_layout Subsection
20136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20138 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20155 \begin_layout Standard
20156 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20157 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20161 \begin_inset space ~
20169 \begin_layout Standard
20170 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20171 have a multi-column document).
20172 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20175 \begin_inset space ~
20181 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20182 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20189 \begin_layout Standard
20190 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20191 format is also the same: Table
20192 \begin_inset space ~
20196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20198 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20202 is an example of a rotated table float.
20205 \begin_layout Standard
20206 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20223 \begin_inset Float table
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 \begin_inset Caption
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20234 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 \begin_inset Tabular
20249 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20250 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20252 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20254 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20255 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20315 \begin_layout Subsection
20317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20319 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 \begin_layout Standard
20337 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20338 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20339 \begin_inset Newline newline
20345 \begin_inset space ~
20350 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20351 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20352 \begin_inset Newline newline
20358 \begin_inset space ~
20363 is used to rotate floats, see section
20364 \begin_inset space ~
20368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20370 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20377 \begin_layout Standard
20378 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20379 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20382 \begin_inset space ~
20386 \begin_inset space ~
20394 \begin_layout Description
20396 \begin_inset space ~
20400 \begin_inset space ~
20403 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20406 \begin_layout Description
20408 \begin_inset space ~
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20415 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20418 \begin_layout Description
20420 \begin_inset space ~
20424 \begin_inset space ~
20427 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20430 \begin_layout Description
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20436 \begin_inset space ~
20439 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20442 \begin_layout Standard
20443 The order of the above option is
20448 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20452 \begin_inset space ~
20456 \begin_inset space ~
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20473 , and then the others.
20474 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20476 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20477 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20480 \begin_layout Standard
20481 By default, each option has its own rules:
20484 \begin_layout Standard
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20497 only floats occupying less than 70
20498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20501 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20504 \begin_layout Standard
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20512 \begin_inset space ~
20517 : only floats occupying less than 30
20518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20521 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20524 \begin_layout Standard
20528 \begin_inset space ~
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20537 : only if more than 50
20538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20541 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20545 \begin_layout Standard
20546 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20550 \begin_inset space ~
20554 \begin_inset space ~
20562 \begin_layout Standard
20563 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20564 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20565 For this case you can use the option
20568 \begin_inset space ~
20574 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20576 Because the float is then no longer able to
20577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20584 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20587 \begin_layout Standard
20588 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20589 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20597 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20604 \begin_layout Section
20609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20618 name "sec:Minipages"
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20628 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20636 \begin_layout Standard
20637 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20643 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20644 and its alignment within the page.
20647 \begin_layout Standard
20649 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20658 height_special "totalheight"
20661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20664 This is a minipage.
20665 The text is set in an italic style.
20668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20671 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20672 another formatting.
20680 \begin_layout Standard
20681 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20684 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20688 as described in section
20689 \begin_inset space ~
20693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20695 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20700 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20706 \begin_layout Standard
20707 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20716 height_special "totalheight"
20719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20720 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20721 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20727 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20731 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20740 height_special "totalheight"
20743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20745 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20754 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20760 \begin_layout Standard
20761 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20762 to other box types.
20763 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20774 \begin_layout Chapter
20775 Mathematical Formulas
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20820 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20833 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20836 \begin_layout Section
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20850 \begin_layout Standard
20851 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20852 \begin_inset Graphics
20853 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20858 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20860 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20861 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20862 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20871 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20875 \begin_inset space ~
20880 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20883 \begin_layout Standard
20884 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20885 line, like this one:
20888 \begin_layout Standard
20889 This is a line with an inline formula
20890 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20897 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20898 paragraph, like this one:
20899 \begin_inset Formula \[
20904 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20907 \begin_layout Standard
20908 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20914 \begin_inset space \space{}
20918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20931 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20932 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20936 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20939 \begin_inset space ~
20947 \begin_layout Subsection
20948 Navigating in Formulas
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20961 \begin_layout Standard
20962 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20963 achieved with the arrow keys.
20964 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20965 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20970 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20971 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20975 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20979 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20981 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20989 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20994 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20995 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20998 \begin_layout Standard
21003 , printed in this document as
21004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21025 \begin_inset Note Note
21028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21029 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21030 space character (visible space).
21035 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21036 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21037 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21042 For example, if you want
21043 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21097 , since in the latter case only the
21100 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21105 will be under the square root sign:
21106 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21112 \begin_layout Standard
21113 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21115 \begin_inset Formula \[
21116 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21119 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21123 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21124 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21127 \begin_layout Subsection
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21133 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21137 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21138 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21139 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21140 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21141 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21144 \begin_layout Subsection
21145 Exponents and Subscripts
21149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 \begin_layout Standard
21169 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21170 way is to use a command.
21172 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21175 , type in a formula
21181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21203 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21207 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21228 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21237 , you have to use an extra
21241 to separate the hat and the character.
21243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21247 \begin_inset space \space{}
21251 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21272 Subscripts are similar: To get
21273 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 \begin_layout Subsection
21301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21310 \begin_layout Standard
21311 Create a fraction with either the command
21318 \begin_inset Graphics
21319 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21327 \begin_inset space ~
21333 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21334 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21335 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21340 To move back up, press
21345 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21346 \begin_inset Formula \[
21347 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21349 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21356 \begin_layout Subsection
21361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21370 \begin_layout Standard
21371 Roots can be created using the
21374 \begin_inset space ~
21380 \begin_inset Graphics
21381 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21404 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21410 produces always a square root.
21413 \begin_layout Subsection
21414 Operators with Limits
21418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21437 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21444 \begin_layout Standard
21446 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21450 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21453 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21454 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21455 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21456 The sum operator will automatically place its
21457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21464 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21467 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21471 \begin_inset Formula \[
21472 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21476 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21480 \begin_layout Standard
21481 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21483 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21484 behind the operator and hitting
21492 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21493 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21495 \begin_inset space ~
21499 \begin_inset space ~
21507 \begin_layout Standard
21508 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21516 feature as addition, such as
21520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21527 \begin_inset Formula \[
21528 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21532 which will place the
21533 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21545 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21546 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21552 \begin_layout Standard
21553 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21560 Have a look at section
21561 \begin_inset space ~
21565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21567 reference "sub:Functions"
21571 for an explanation of function macros.
21574 \begin_layout Subsection
21579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 Most math symbols can be found in the
21592 \begin_inset space ~
21597 under one of several categories; including
21614 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21619 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21620 you don't have to use the
21623 \begin_inset space ~
21628 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21629 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21632 \begin_layout Subsection
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21647 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21652 arg "space-insert protected"
21658 \begin_inset space ~
21664 \begin_inset Graphics
21665 filename ../images/math/space.png
21670 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21671 For example, the sequence
21676 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21680 \begin_inset Graphics
21681 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21686 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21687 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21688 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21689 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21691 Here are two examples:
21694 \begin_layout Standard
21704 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21710 \begin_layout Standard
21720 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21726 \begin_layout Subsection
21731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21740 name "sub:Functions"
21747 \begin_layout Standard
21751 \begin_inset space ~
21756 contains under the button
21757 \begin_inset Graphics
21758 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21762 a number of function macros, such as
21763 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21767 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21775 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21782 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21783 avoid confusions, because
21784 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21788 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21794 \begin_layout Standard
21795 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21797 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21801 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21807 \begin_layout Standard
21808 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21809 s are placed, as described in section
21810 \begin_inset space ~
21814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21816 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21823 \begin_layout Subsection
21828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21837 \begin_layout Standard
21838 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21840 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21841 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21846 \begin_inset space \space{}
21850 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21853 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21854 Our example is entered by typing
21862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21875 \begin_inset space ~
21879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21881 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21885 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21888 \begin_layout Standard
21889 \begin_inset Float table
21894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21895 \begin_inset Caption
21897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21900 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21904 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_inset Tabular
21915 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21916 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21917 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21918 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22003 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22480 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22501 \begin_layout Standard
22502 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22505 \begin_inset space ~
22511 \begin_inset Graphics
22512 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22516 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22520 \begin_layout Section
22521 Brackets and Delimiters
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22544 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22553 For most purposes, using just the keys
22558 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22559 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22560 toolbar delimiter icon
22561 \begin_inset Graphics
22562 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22567 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22569 \begin_inset Formula \[
22570 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22572 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22576 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22577 \begin_inset Formula \[
22578 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22585 \begin_layout Standard
22586 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22587 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22590 \begin_layout Standard
22591 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22592 left side and right side.
22593 If you use the option
22596 \begin_inset space ~
22601 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22602 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22603 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22604 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22607 \begin_layout Standard
22608 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22609 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22610 inside the brackets.
22611 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22616 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22619 \begin_layout Section
22620 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22645 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22653 \begin_layout Standard
22654 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22657 \begin_inset space ~
22663 \begin_inset Graphics
22664 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22669 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22670 Here is an example:
22671 \begin_inset Formula \[
22672 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22675 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22679 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22686 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22691 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22692 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22693 This alignment is set in the box
22698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22746 for every column as default.
22747 For example, the sequence
22748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22759 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22760 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22761 corresponds to the relevant column.
22762 The result will look like this:
22763 \begin_inset Formula \[
22765 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22766 column & has & has\, right\\
22767 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22775 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22778 arg "newline-insert newline"
22781 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22782 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22787 or the math toolbar.
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22792 It can be created with the menu
22794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22795 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22797 \begin_inset space ~
22809 Here is an example:
22810 \begin_inset Formula \[
22814 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22821 \begin_layout Standard
22822 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22825 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22828 arg "newline-insert newline"
22832 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22837 arg "newline-insert newline"
22840 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22848 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22849 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22850 A new row is created by every further hit of
22853 arg "newline-insert newline"
22857 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22858 Here is an example:
22859 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22860 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22861 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22865 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22866 where you want to start the shift and hit
22871 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22872 position to the next column.
22873 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22874 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22875 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22876 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22883 \begin_layout Standard
22884 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22891 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22892 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22895 reference "eq:asquared"
22900 The other types are described in section
22901 \begin_inset space ~
22905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22907 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22914 \begin_layout Section
22915 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22920 Math ! Formula numbering
22929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22930 Math ! Referencing formulas
22936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22938 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22946 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22948 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22949 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22951 \begin_inset space ~
22959 arg "math-number-toggle"
22963 The formula number appears in LyX as
22964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22971 within parentheses.
22973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22980 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22982 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22983 the document class.
22984 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22985 separated by a dot:
22986 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22987 1+1=2\end{equation}
22994 arg "math-number-toggle"
22997 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22998 You can only number displayed formulas.
23001 \begin_layout Standard
23002 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23005 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23007 \begin_inset space ~
23011 \begin_inset space ~
23015 \begin_inset space ~
23023 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23026 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23027 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23029 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23030 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23034 To number all lines use the shortcut
23037 arg "math-number-toggle"
23043 \begin_layout Standard
23044 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23047 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23048 A label is inserted with the menu
23050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23053 when the cursor is in the formula.
23054 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23055 It is recommended to use the proposed
23056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23067 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23068 type when you have many labels in your document.
23069 We inserted in the following example the label
23070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23077 in the second line:
23078 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23079 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23080 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23084 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23085 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23095 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23099 \begin_inset space ~
23105 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23106 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23107 as the formula number:
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23111 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23114 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23121 \begin_layout Standard
23122 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23123 \begin_inset space ~
23127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23129 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23134 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23140 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23145 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23153 \begin_layout Section
23154 User defined math macros
23158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23167 \begin_layout Standard
23168 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23169 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23170 Math macros are explained in section
23173 \begin_inset space ~
23185 \begin_layout Section
23189 \begin_layout Subsection
23194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23204 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23205 To set a font in a formula, use the
23208 \begin_inset space ~
23214 \begin_inset Graphics
23215 filename ../images/math/font.png
23219 , or enter its command, listed in table
23220 \begin_inset space ~
23224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23226 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23233 \begin_layout Standard
23234 \begin_inset Float table
23239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23240 \begin_inset Caption
23242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23245 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23249 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23259 \begin_inset Tabular
23260 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23261 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23295 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23322 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23349 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23382 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23531 \begin_layout Standard
23532 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23556 \begin_layout Standard
23557 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23558 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23563 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23564 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23565 Here an example where
23566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23577 denotes the set of numbers:
23578 \begin_inset Formula \[
23579 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23586 \begin_layout Standard
23587 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23593 \begin_inset space \space{}
23605 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23609 \begin_inset Newline newline
23612 So it is better not to use this feature.
23615 \begin_layout Standard
23616 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23617 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23621 \begin_inset Newline newline
23624 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23630 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23631 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23637 \begin_layout Standard
23644 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23650 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23651 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23653 \begin_inset space ~
23661 \begin_layout Subsection
23666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23675 \begin_layout Standard
23676 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23678 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23682 \begin_inset space ~
23686 \begin_inset space ~
23694 \begin_inset space ~
23700 \begin_inset Graphics
23701 filename ../images/math/font.png
23712 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23713 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23714 Here is an example:
23715 \begin_inset Formula \[
23717 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23718 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23725 \begin_layout Subsection
23730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23739 \begin_layout Standard
23740 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23741 automatically chosen in most situations.
23759 For most characters,
23767 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23768 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23773 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23774 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23776 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23777 \begin_inset Graphics
23778 filename ../images/math/style.png
23783 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23784 For example, you can set
23785 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23788 , which is normally in
23797 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23801 The four styles are used in the following example:
23804 \begin_layout Standard
23805 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23809 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23813 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23817 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23823 \begin_layout Standard
23824 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23825 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23829 \begin_inset space ~
23834 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23835 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23836 will be adjusted to correspond.
23837 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23848 \begin_layout Standard
23852 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23858 \begin_layout Section
23862 \begin_layout Standard
23863 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23864 the document classes and into layout modules.
23868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23874 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23875 other than the AMS classes.
23877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23879 reference "sub:Modules"
23883 for more on layout modules.
23886 \begin_layout Section
23891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23910 \begin_layout Standard
23911 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23912 (AMS) that are in common use.
23915 \begin_layout Subsection
23916 Enabling AMS-Support
23919 \begin_layout Standard
23920 Selecting the checkbox
23923 \begin_inset space ~
23927 \begin_inset space ~
23931 \begin_inset space ~
23938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23946 Document ! Settings
23954 \begin_inset space ~
23959 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23961 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23962 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23965 \begin_layout Subsection
23967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23969 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23978 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23986 \begin_layout Standard
23987 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
23988 LyX allows you to choose between
24009 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24012 \begin_layout Chapter
24016 \begin_layout Section
24021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24030 name "sec:Cross-References"
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24038 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24039 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24041 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24042 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24043 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24046 \begin_layout Enumerate
24050 \begin_layout Enumerate
24051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24053 name "enu:Second-item"
24060 \begin_layout Enumerate
24064 \begin_layout Standard
24065 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24070 or by pressing the toolbar button
24071 \begin_inset Graphics
24072 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24078 A grey label box like this:
24079 \begin_inset Graphics
24080 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24085 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24086 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24121 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24126 \begin_inset space \space{}
24129 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24144 \begin_layout Standard
24145 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24150 or the toolbar button
24151 \begin_inset Graphics
24152 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24158 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24159 \begin_inset Graphics
24160 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24165 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24167 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24180 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24190 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24195 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24196 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24198 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24204 \begin_layout Standard
24205 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24206 \begin_inset space ~
24210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24212 reference "enu:Second-item"
24219 \begin_layout Standard
24220 It is recommended to use a protected space
24224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24225 described in section
24226 \begin_inset space ~
24230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24232 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24241 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24245 \begin_layout Standard
24246 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24249 \begin_layout Description
24250 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24253 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24260 \begin_layout Description
24261 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24262 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24274 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24281 \begin_layout Description
24282 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24283 \begin_inset space ~
24287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24288 LatexCommand pageref
24289 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24296 \begin_layout Description
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24302 \begin_inset space ~
24305 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24307 LatexCommand vpageref
24308 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24315 \begin_layout Description
24317 \begin_inset space ~
24321 \begin_inset space ~
24325 \begin_inset space ~
24328 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24332 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24339 \begin_layout Description
24341 \begin_inset space ~
24344 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24345 \begin_inset Newline newline
24349 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24357 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24366 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24379 \begin_layout Standard
24380 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24381 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24387 \begin_inset space \space{}
24391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24405 \begin_layout Standard
24406 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24407 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24408 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24412 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24416 \begin_layout Standard
24417 You can only use the style
24421 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24425 is always possible.
24428 \begin_layout Standard
24429 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24430 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24431 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24432 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24433 \begin_inset space ~
24437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24439 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24450 \begin_inset space ~
24454 \begin_inset space ~
24459 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24461 The button text changes then to
24464 \begin_inset space ~
24469 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24470 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24471 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24475 \begin_layout Standard
24476 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24477 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24478 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24481 \begin_layout Standard
24482 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24483 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24486 \begin_layout Standard
24487 References are described in detail in the
24494 \begin_layout Section
24495 Table of Contents and other Listings
24499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24525 \begin_layout Subsection
24527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24529 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24536 \begin_layout Standard
24537 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24540 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24546 \begin_inset space ~
24552 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24553 If you click on it, the
24557 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24558 sections in your documents.
24559 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24564 that is described in sec.
24565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24571 reference "sec:Navigating"
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24580 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24582 \begin_inset space ~
24586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24588 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24592 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24594 \begin_inset space ~
24598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24600 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24604 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24606 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24609 \begin_layout Subsection
24610 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24613 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24620 \begin_layout Standard
24621 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24622 You can insert them via the
24624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24626 \begin_inset space ~
24630 \begin_inset space ~
24636 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24639 \begin_layout Section
24640 URLs and Hyperlinks
24644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24663 \begin_layout Subsection
24665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24674 \begin_layout Standard
24675 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24684 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24685 \begin_inset Flex URL
24688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24698 \begin_layout Standard
24699 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24705 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24709 \begin_layout Standard
24710 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24726 \begin_layout Subsection
24728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24730 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24737 \begin_layout Standard
24738 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24743 or with the toolbar button
24744 \begin_inset Graphics
24745 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24751 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24760 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24761 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24762 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24764 name "LyX's homepage"
24765 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24769 , an Email address like this:
24770 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24772 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24773 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24778 , or a link to a file.
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24782 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24795 to the link target.
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24799 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24800 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24801 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24802 the text style dialog.
24803 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24807 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24809 name "LyX's homepage"
24810 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24822 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24824 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24825 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24829 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24831 \begin_inset Newline newline
24839 \begin_inset Newline newline
24846 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24849 \begin_layout Section
24854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24863 name "sec:Appendices"
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24871 Appendices are created with the menu
24873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24875 \begin_inset space ~
24879 \begin_inset space ~
24885 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24886 as the appendix region.
24887 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24892 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24893 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24894 and the subsection number.
24895 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24901 \begin_inset space ~
24905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24907 reference "cha:Credits"
24912 \begin_inset space ~
24916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24918 reference "sub:Export"
24925 \begin_layout Section
24930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24939 name "sec:Bibliography"
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24947 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24948 You can include a bibliography database,
24952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24953 Known under the name
24954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24966 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
24967 manually, using the paragraph environment
24971 , which was described in section
24972 \begin_inset space ~
24976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24978 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24983 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
24984 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
24988 use a bibliography database.
24991 \begin_layout Subsection
24992 The Bibliography Environment
24995 \begin_layout Standard
25000 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25002 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25011 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25013 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25022 , a short form of its title, as key.
25025 \begin_layout Standard
25026 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25028 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25031 or the toolbar button
25032 \begin_inset Graphics
25033 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25039 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25040 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25041 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25042 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25046 \begin_layout Standard
25047 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25048 entry with surrounding brackets.
25053 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25054 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25066 \begin_layout Standard
25069 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25072 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25074 key "latexcompanion"
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25083 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25092 \begin_layout Subsection
25093 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25098 Bibliography ! Databases
25107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25108 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25116 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25130 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25132 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25133 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25138 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25140 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25141 your working field in a database.
25142 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25143 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25145 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 The database is a text file with the file extension
25151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25162 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25163 The format is explained in
25164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25170 and in LaTeX books (
25171 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25173 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25178 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25179 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25180 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25181 \begin_inset Flex URL
25184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25186 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25194 \begin_layout Standard
25195 To use a database, use the menu
25197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25202 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25221 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25222 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25225 Add bibliography to TOC
25227 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25232 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25235 \begin_layout Standard
25236 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25248 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25249 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25250 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25252 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25258 For information how this is done, have a look at
25259 \begin_inset Newline newline
25263 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25265 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25277 \begin_layout Standard
25278 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25281 \begin_layout Standard
25282 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25283 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25286 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25314 \begin_inset space ~
25320 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25326 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25335 \begin_layout Standard
25336 When you select the option
25338 Sectioned bibliography
25342 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25345 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25346 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25348 Customizing Bibliographies
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25362 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25363 the two methods of creating them.
25364 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25365 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25366 We used the style file
25370 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25373 \begin_layout Subsection
25374 Bibliography layout
25378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25379 Bibliography ! Layout
25387 \begin_layout Standard
25388 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25389 For this feature you need to enable the option
25395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25403 Document ! Settings
25413 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25414 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25415 in the previous section.
25418 \begin_layout Standard
25419 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25420 in the citation reference window.
25421 Here an example where we set the text
25422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25426 \begin_inset space ~
25430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25433 to appear after the reference:
25436 \begin_layout Standard
25438 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25441 key "latexcompanion"
25448 \begin_layout Section
25453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25469 \begin_layout Standard
25470 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25474 \begin_inset space ~
25479 or the toolbar button
25480 \begin_inset Graphics
25481 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25499 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25500 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25501 by LyX as the index entry.
25504 \begin_layout Standard
25505 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25506 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25508 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25510 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25517 \begin_layout Standard
25518 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25521 \begin_layout Standard
25522 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25526 \begin_inset space ~
25530 \begin_inset space ~
25533 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 \begin_inset space ~
25541 A light blue box labeled
25542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25553 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25554 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25557 \begin_layout Subsection
25558 Grouping Index Entries
25562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25574 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25575 lists under the entry
25576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25584 First we create the entry
25585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25593 \begin_inset space ~
25597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25599 reference "sub:Lists"
25604 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25605 \begin_inset space ~
25609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25611 reference "sec:Itemize"
25615 , we insert the command
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25624 \begin_layout Standard
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25634 \begin_layout Standard
25635 for the enumerated list in section
25636 \begin_inset space ~
25640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25642 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25650 The exclamation mark
25651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25658 marks the grouping levels.
25659 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25660 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25661 If we don't have an index entry for
25662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25669 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25672 \begin_layout Subsection
25677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25678 Index ! Page ranges
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25687 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25689 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25690 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25692 \begin_inset space ~
25696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25698 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25708 Paragraph environments|(
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25712 and another entry at the end of section
25713 \begin_inset space ~
25717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25719 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25729 Paragraph environments|)
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25757 respectively start and end the index range.
25758 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25759 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25760 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25761 An example is the index entry
25762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25765 Document ! Settings
25766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25772 \begin_layout Subsection
25777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25778 Index ! Cross referencing
25786 \begin_layout Standard
25787 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25788 We referred for example in the index entry
25789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25797 \begin_inset space ~
25801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25803 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25807 ) to the index entry
25808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25815 in the same section using the entry
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25821 GIF|see{Image formats}
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25825 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25826 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25827 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25830 \begin_layout Subsection
25835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25836 Index ! Entry order
25844 \begin_layout Standard
25845 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25846 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25847 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25852 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25854 \begin_inset space ~
25858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25860 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25869 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25870 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25899 Dummy entries ! maïs
25908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25909 Dummy entries ! maître
25918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25919 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25924 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25925 order maïs, maison, maître.
25926 To achieve this, we use the command
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25932 previous entry@current entry
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25936 In our case we want to have
25937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25952 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25962 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25963 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25967 \begin_layout Subsection
25972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25973 Index ! Entry layout
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
25986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25989 This is an italic dummy entry
25994 You can also format the page number using the character
25995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26002 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26003 We can write for example
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26009 italic page number:|textit
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 to get the page number in italic.
26017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26018 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26023 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26041 \begin_inset space ~
26047 Have a look at section
26048 \begin_inset space ~
26052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26054 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26058 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26062 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26070 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26074 to generate the index, see section
26075 \begin_inset space ~
26079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26081 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26090 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26091 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26093 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26096 key "latexcompanion"
26108 \begin_layout Standard
26109 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26111 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26112 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26113 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26114 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26115 If so, put the following in the preamble
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26130 \begin_layout Standard
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26141 in the index entry.
26145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26146 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26151 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26152 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26153 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26163 \begin_inset space \space{}
26166 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26167 for all index entries.
26168 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26180 documentation for details,
26181 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26183 key "makeindex,xindy"
26190 \begin_layout Subsection
26195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26204 name "sub:Index-Program"
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 When the index entry program
26216 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26217 generation; otherwise the program
26221 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26222 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26223 dialog, see section
26224 \begin_inset space ~
26228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26230 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26235 The available options are listed and explained in
26236 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26238 key "makeindex,xindy"
26243 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26246 \begin_layout Standard
26251 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26252 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26253 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26254 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26255 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26263 \begin_layout Section
26264 Nomenclature / Glossary
26268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26309 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26317 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26318 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26323 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26332 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26338 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26345 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26348 \begin_layout Standard
26349 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26350 and then use the menu
26352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26358 \begin_inset space ~
26363 or the toolbar button
26364 \begin_inset Graphics
26365 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26383 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26386 \begin_layout Standard
26387 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26388 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26389 The second is the description of the symbol.
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26393 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26401 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26409 \begin_layout Subsection
26410 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26415 Nomenclature ! Layout
26423 \begin_layout Standard
26424 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26428 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26434 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26442 \begin_inset Newline newline
26450 \begin_inset Newline newline
26456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26463 character starts/ends the formula.
26464 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26476 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26486 \begin_layout Standard
26487 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26488 \begin_inset space ~
26492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26494 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26505 \begin_inset space ~
26510 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26511 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26516 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26523 in this document is:
26524 \begin_inset Newline newline
26529 dummy entry for the character
26534 \begin_inset Newline newline
26546 \begin_inset space ~
26556 font use the command
26585 \begin_layout Subsection
26586 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26591 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26600 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26601 the symbol definition.
26602 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26603 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26606 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26607 LatexCommand nomenclature
26609 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26616 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26620 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26621 LatexCommand nomenclature
26624 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26629 They will be sorted by
26630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26656 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26659 will be sorted before the
26663 since the character
26664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26671 is considered in sorting.
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26675 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26678 \begin_inset space ~
26683 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26684 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26686 For the example given, you can insert
26690 in this field for the
26691 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26698 will be located before
26699 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26705 \begin_layout Standard
26706 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26711 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26720 \begin_layout Subsection
26721 Nomenclature Options
26725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26726 Nomenclature ! Options
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26739 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26740 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26743 \begin_layout Description
26744 refeq Appends the phrase
26745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26760 to every nomenclature entry, where
26766 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26769 \begin_layout Description
26770 refpage Appends the phrase
26771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26786 to every nomenclature entry, where
26792 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26795 \begin_layout Description
26796 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26799 \begin_layout Standard
26800 There are furthermore the options
26844 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26849 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26850 class options list in the
26852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26856 In this document the option
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26864 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26870 \begin_layout Standard
26871 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26872 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26877 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26880 \begin_layout Description
26890 \begin_layout Description
26893 nomrefpage Like the
26900 \begin_layout Description
26903 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26912 \begin_layout Description
26916 \begin_inset space ~
26922 \begin_inset space ~
26927 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26930 \begin_layout Subsection
26931 Printing the Nomenclature
26935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26936 Nomenclature ! Printing
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26949 \begin_inset space ~
26953 \begin_inset space ~
26956 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26960 A light blue box labeled
26961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26972 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26973 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26976 \begin_layout Standard
26977 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26986 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26994 For example, in order to change the name to
26998 , add the following line to the preamble:
27001 \begin_layout Standard
27009 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27020 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27021 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27032 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27038 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27039 \begin_inset space ~
27043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27045 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27050 The default value is 1
27051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27057 \begin_layout Subsection
27058 Nomenclature Program
27062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27063 Nomenclature ! Program
27069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27071 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27078 \begin_layout Standard
27079 LyX uses the program
27083 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27084 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27089 by adding options, see section
27090 \begin_inset space ~
27094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27096 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27101 The available options are listed and explained in
27102 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27104 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27111 \begin_layout Section
27116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27127 Document ! Branches
27133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27135 name "sec:Branches"
27142 \begin_layout Standard
27143 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27144 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27145 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27146 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27150 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27151 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27152 To create a branch, go in the
27154 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27162 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27163 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27167 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27168 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27173 where you can choose a branch.
27174 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27178 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27179 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 \begin_inset Branch Question
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27187 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27196 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27199 \begin_layout Standard
27200 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27209 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27216 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27217 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27219 For example you can define for the question branch
27223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27224 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27225 \begin_inset space ~
27229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27231 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27253 \begin_layout Standard
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27264 and for the answer branch
27267 \begin_layout Standard
27277 \begin_layout Standard
27287 \begin_layout Standard
27288 \begin_inset Branch Question
27291 \begin_layout Standard
27295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27324 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27327 \begin_layout Standard
27331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27360 Now it is possible to use the commands
27364 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27371 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27374 to obtain conditional output.
27375 Here is an example formula where only the
27382 \begin_inset Formula \[
27383 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27399 \begin_layout Section
27401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27403 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27420 \begin_layout Standard
27425 dialog allows you in the
27429 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27430 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27439 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27452 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27453 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27454 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27456 You can specify in the dialog tab
27460 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27462 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27463 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27472 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27473 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27474 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27476 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27477 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27479 \begin_inset space ~
27482 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27483 \begin_inset space ~
27486 1 will only display the sections.
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27490 The header information in the dialog tab
27494 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27495 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27500 \begin_inset space \space{}
27503 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27504 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27507 Automatic fill header
27509 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27510 title and author settings.
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27516 Load in fullscreen mode
27518 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27522 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27523 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27529 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27530 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27539 \begin_layout Section
27540 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27543 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27550 \begin_layout Subsection
27555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27564 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27572 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27573 constructs, but not all.
27574 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27575 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27576 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27577 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27578 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27585 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27589 \begin_inset space ~
27594 or by the toolbar button
27595 \begin_inset Graphics
27596 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27601 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27606 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27607 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27608 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27615 , you can write the command part
27621 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27625 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27626 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27627 the following example:
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27631 \begin_inset Graphics
27632 filename clipart/ERT.png
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27645 This is a line with a
27649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27681 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27682 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27690 \begin_layout Subsection
27691 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27692 \begin_inset OptArg
27695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27714 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27722 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27723 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27724 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27733 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27734 any time if you know the right commands.
27736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27740 \begin_inset space \space{}
27743 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27745 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27746 all caption labels bold.
27747 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27749 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27754 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27755 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27756 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27768 As result you know that the package
27776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27777 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27783 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27796 usepackage[options]{package name}
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27800 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27801 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27802 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 In your case the package name is
27811 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27816 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27817 So you add the command
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27825 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27829 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27834 For more commands provided by the
27838 package, have a look at its documentation,
27839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27856 For example if you use a
27860 class, you don't need the package
27864 , you can instead write
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27872 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27879 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27880 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27887 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27891 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
27892 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27894 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27895 the previous section.
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27901 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27903 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27911 \begin_layout Section
27912 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27915 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27943 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27944 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27945 to break your train of thought with
27947 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27954 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27955 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27964 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27969 as explained below, and turn on
27972 \begin_inset space ~
27979 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27985 \begin_inset space ~
27989 \begin_inset space ~
27992 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27998 \begin_layout Standard
27999 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28001 Previews of an already loaded document are
28005 generated just by selecting the
28008 \begin_inset space ~
28013 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28017 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28018 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28021 \begin_inset space ~
28026 check box in the insert dialog.
28027 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28032 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28036 (on some systems named simply
28041 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28043 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28049 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28050 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28058 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28062 \begin_layout Standard
28063 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28070 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28074 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28076 \begin_inset space ~
28081 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28082 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28084 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28085 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28086 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28087 the source view window.
28090 \begin_layout Section
28092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28094 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28112 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28113 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28130 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28136 can be seen as the successor to
28140 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28145 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28146 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28155 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28156 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28166 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28169 or the toolbar button
28170 \begin_inset Graphics
28171 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28176 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28177 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28178 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28179 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28180 scrolled so that it is visible.
28185 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28187 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28191 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28192 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28199 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28203 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28204 will bring an error message.
28205 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28206 specifying a different
28208 Alternative language
28210 in preferences dialog.
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28214 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28217 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28221 \begin_layout Standard
28222 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28223 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28225 But you can use the
28228 \begin_inset space ~
28232 \begin_inset space ~
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28241 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28242 This does work with
28246 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28249 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28258 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28261 \begin_layout Description
28263 \begin_inset space ~
28266 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28267 should consider, e.
28268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28272 \begin_inset space \space{}
28275 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28276 This should not normally be needed.
28279 \begin_layout Description
28281 \begin_inset space ~
28284 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28285 the spell checker's default choice
28288 \begin_layout Description
28290 \begin_inset space ~
28294 \begin_inset space ~
28297 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28309 \begin_layout Description
28311 \begin_inset space ~
28315 \begin_inset space ~
28318 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28320 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28327 also for the spellchecker.
28331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28332 The encodings are explained in section
28333 \begin_inset space ~
28337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28339 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28348 Only enable this if you use
28352 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28353 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28354 so this is disabled by default.
28357 \begin_layout Section
28362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28371 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28379 LyX provides support for two different thesaurus frameworks:
28382 \begin_layout Enumerate
28391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28394 target "http://aiksaurus.sourceforge.net"
28403 which is also used by Abiword, but which is English only.
28406 \begin_layout Enumerate
28415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28416 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28418 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28427 which is also used by OpenOffice, and which supports many languages.
28430 \begin_layout Standard
28431 You need to have one of these libraries installed in order to use the thesaurus
28432 (if both are installed,
28436 will be chosen automatically).
28439 \begin_layout Subsection
28440 Setting up the thesaurus
28443 \begin_layout Standard
28448 library can directly access the OpenOffice thesauri, which consist of two
28449 files per language: A file with the ending
28453 containing the data and an index file with the ending
28458 The file names include the language code for the given language, so the
28459 English files are named:
28462 \begin_layout Itemize
28466 \begin_layout Itemize
28470 \begin_layout Standard
28471 If you have OpenOffice installed including its thesaurus, these files should
28472 be already on your system.
28473 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28474 \begin_inset Newline newline
28478 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28480 target "http://extensions.services.openoffice.org"
28485 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28490 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28492 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28493 unpack a zip archive.
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28505 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28506 s), and the specify the path to this directory in
28508 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28509 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28513 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28516 \begin_layout Subsection
28517 Using the thesaurus
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28521 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28523 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28526 or the toolbar button
28527 \begin_inset Graphics
28528 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28530 rotateOrigin center
28534 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28536 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28538 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28539 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28540 and hyponyms (such as
28548 ), compounds (such as
28552 ) and antonyms (such as
28560 ), which are marked as such.
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28565 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28569 \begin_layout Standard
28570 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28571 the dictionary, such as the above
28575 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28580 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28581 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28582 For example looking up the word forms
28590 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28595 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28608 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28609 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28610 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28613 \begin_layout Section
28618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28629 Document ! Change Tracking
28635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28637 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28645 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28646 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28647 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28648 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28652 \begin_inset space ~
28655 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28657 \begin_inset space ~
28665 \begin_layout Standard
28666 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28675 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28678 \begin_inset space ~
28682 \begin_inset space ~
28695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28705 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28726 \begin_inset Graphics
28727 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28734 \begin_layout Standard
28735 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28741 \begin_layout Standard
28742 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28746 \begin_layout Standard
28747 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 \begin_inset Tabular
28755 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28756 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
28757 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28758 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28764 \begin_inset Graphics
28765 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28767 rotateOrigin center
28776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28782 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28784 \begin_inset space ~
28787 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28789 \begin_inset space ~
28798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 \begin_inset Graphics
28804 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28806 rotateOrigin center
28815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28823 \begin_inset space ~
28826 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28828 \begin_inset space ~
28832 \begin_inset space ~
28836 \begin_inset space ~
28845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28850 \begin_inset Graphics
28851 filename ../images/change-next.png
28852 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28853 rotateOrigin center
28862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28866 Jumps to the next change
28872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28877 \begin_inset Graphics
28878 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28880 rotateOrigin center
28889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28897 \begin_inset space ~
28900 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28902 \begin_inset space ~
28911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28916 \begin_inset Graphics
28917 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28918 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28919 rotateOrigin center
28928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28936 \begin_inset space ~
28939 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28941 \begin_inset space ~
28950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28955 \begin_inset Graphics
28956 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28958 rotateOrigin center
28967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28973 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28975 \begin_inset space ~
28978 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28980 \begin_inset space ~
28989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28994 \begin_inset Graphics
28995 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28997 rotateOrigin center
29006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29012 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29014 \begin_inset space ~
29017 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29019 \begin_inset space ~
29023 \begin_inset space ~
29032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29037 \begin_inset Graphics
29038 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29040 rotateOrigin center
29049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29055 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29057 \begin_inset space ~
29060 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29062 \begin_inset space ~
29066 \begin_inset space ~
29075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29080 \begin_inset Graphics
29081 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29083 rotateOrigin center
29092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29099 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29101 \begin_inset space ~
29110 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29115 \begin_inset Graphics
29116 filename ../images/note-next.png
29117 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29118 rotateOrigin center
29127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29133 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29135 \begin_inset space ~
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29152 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29159 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29160 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29161 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29162 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29163 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29164 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29165 step to the next change.
29166 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29170 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29171 to describe a change.
29174 \begin_layout Standard
29175 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29190 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29191 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29197 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29200 \begin_layout Section
29201 International Support
29205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29206 International support
29214 \begin_layout Standard
29215 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29216 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29217 how to set up LyX to use them:
29218 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29220 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29227 \begin_layout Standard
29228 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29229 \begin_inset space ~
29233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29235 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29242 \begin_layout Subsection
29247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29258 Document ! Settings
29267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29268 Document ! Language
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29282 dialog lets you set
29284 the language and character encoding for your language.
29288 \begin_layout Standard
29289 Choose your language in the
29293 section of this dialog.
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29306 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29311 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29312 For details about the different encoding options see section
29313 \begin_inset space ~
29317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29319 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29326 \begin_layout Subsection
29327 Keyboard mapping configuration
29328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29330 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29337 \begin_layout Standard
29338 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29339 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29340 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29341 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29342 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29344 \begin_inset space ~
29348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29350 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29355 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29356 which one you want to use.
29359 \begin_layout Standard
29360 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29361 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29362 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29363 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29364 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29365 one to support the characters you want.
29366 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29373 \begin_layout Subsection
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29379 \begin_inset space ~
29383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29385 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29394 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29399 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29400 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29408 \begin_layout Itemize
29409 Even if you have selected
29415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29418 dialog, users who have only the
29422 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29426 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29427 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29428 french quotes won't show up.
29431 \begin_layout Standard
29432 \begin_inset Float table
29437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29438 \begin_inset Caption
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29443 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 \begin_inset Tabular
29462 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29463 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29464 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29466 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29467 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29468 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29471 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29473 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33893 \begin_layout Standard
33894 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33896 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33897 also the characters from
33909 \begin_layout Itemize
33918 \begin_layout Standard
33919 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33920 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33926 \begin_layout Standard
33927 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33928 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33934 \begin_layout Standard
33935 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33936 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33942 \begin_layout Standard
33943 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33944 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33952 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33958 \begin_layout Standard
33960 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33966 \begin_layout Standard
33968 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33975 \begin_layout Itemize
33988 \begin_layout Standard
33990 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33996 \begin_layout Standard
33998 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34004 \begin_layout Standard
34006 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34012 \begin_layout Standard
34014 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34020 \begin_layout Standard
34022 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34028 \begin_layout Standard
34030 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34037 \begin_layout Standard
34038 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34039 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34040 Also make sure you're using the
34047 \begin_layout Chapter
34050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34052 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34059 \begin_layout Standard
34060 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34061 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34062 inside the user's guide.
34065 \begin_layout Section
34070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 \begin_layout Standard
34084 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34085 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34088 \begin_layout Subsection
34092 \begin_layout Standard
34093 Creates a new document.
34096 \begin_layout Subsection
34100 \begin_layout Standard
34101 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34102 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34103 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34106 \begin_layout Subsection
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34114 \begin_layout Subsection
34118 \begin_layout Standard
34119 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34120 Click there on a file to open it.
34123 \begin_layout Subsection
34127 \begin_layout Standard
34128 Closes the current document.
34131 \begin_layout Subsection
34135 \begin_layout Standard
34136 Saves the actual document.
34139 \begin_layout Subsection
34143 \begin_layout Standard
34144 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34147 \begin_layout Subsection
34151 \begin_layout Standard
34152 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34155 \begin_layout Subsection
34159 \begin_layout Standard
34160 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34161 It is described in the section
34163 Version Control in LyX
34168 \begin_inset space ~
34176 \begin_layout Subsection
34180 \begin_layout Standard
34181 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34182 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34183 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34186 \begin_layout Standard
34187 When using the menu
34190 \begin_inset space ~
34194 \begin_inset space ~
34199 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34200 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34201 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34202 will start a new paragraph.
34205 \begin_layout Subsection
34207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34216 \begin_layout Standard
34217 You can export your document to various file formats.
34218 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34219 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34220 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34223 \begin_layout Standard
34224 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34226 \begin_inset space ~
34230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34232 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34239 \begin_layout Description
34243 \begin_inset space ~
34248 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34249 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34252 \begin_layout Description
34260 \begin_layout Description
34261 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34265 \begin_layout Description
34267 \begin_inset space ~
34271 \begin_inset space ~
34274 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34278 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34286 \begin_layout Description
34293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34301 \begin_inset space ~
34306 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34307 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34311 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34314 \begin_layout Description
34321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34329 \begin_inset space ~
34334 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34335 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34343 \begin_layout Description
34345 \begin_inset space ~
34348 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34356 is replaced by the version number)
34359 \begin_layout Description
34360 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34373 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34377 \begin_layout Description
34382 PDF-format using the program
34387 \begin_layout Description
34391 \begin_inset space ~
34396 PDF-format using the program
34401 \begin_layout Description
34405 \begin_inset space ~
34410 PDF-format using the program
34415 \begin_layout Description
34419 \begin_inset space ~
34427 \begin_layout Description
34431 \begin_inset space ~
34435 \begin_inset space ~
34440 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34441 and then exported as text using the program
34446 \begin_layout Description
34451 PostScript format using the program
34456 \begin_layout Description
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34469 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34470 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34476 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34479 \begin_layout Standard
34480 If one of the menu entries
34487 \begin_inset space ~
34496 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34497 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34498 \begin_inset space ~
34502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34504 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34513 Reconfiguration of LyX
34521 \begin_layout Standard
34526 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34527 the export program.
34530 \begin_layout Subsection
34534 \begin_layout Standard
34535 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34536 or send it to a printer.
34537 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34538 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34544 For more information have a look at section
34545 \begin_inset space ~
34549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34551 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34558 \begin_layout Subsection
34559 New and Close Window
34562 \begin_layout Standard
34563 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34564 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34567 \begin_layout Section
34572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34586 Described in section
34587 \begin_inset space ~
34591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34593 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34601 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 Described in section
34606 \begin_inset space ~
34610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34612 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34619 \begin_layout Subsection
34623 \begin_layout Standard
34624 Selects the whole document.
34627 \begin_layout Subsection
34631 \begin_layout Standard
34632 Described in section
34633 \begin_inset space ~
34637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34639 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34646 \begin_layout Subsection
34647 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34650 \begin_layout Standard
34651 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34655 \begin_layout Subsection
34659 \begin_layout Standard
34660 Described in section
34661 \begin_inset space ~
34665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34667 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34674 \begin_layout Subsection
34679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34680 Paragraph ! Settings
34688 \begin_layout Standard
34689 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34691 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34695 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34696 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34699 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34705 \begin_inset space ~
34713 \begin_layout Subsection
34717 \begin_layout Standard
34718 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34720 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34721 The properties of tables are described in section
34722 \begin_inset space ~
34726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34728 reference "sec:Tables"
34732 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34733 \begin_inset space ~
34737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34739 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34746 \begin_layout Subsection
34747 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34750 \begin_layout Standard
34751 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34753 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34754 \begin_inset space ~
34758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34760 reference "sec:Nesting"
34765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34767 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34774 \begin_layout Section
34779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34788 \begin_layout Standard
34793 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34794 document with an external program.
34795 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34796 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34797 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34798 \begin_inset space ~
34802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34804 reference "sub:Export"
34809 You should at least see the menu entries
34816 \begin_inset space ~
34822 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34823 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34824 \begin_inset space ~
34828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34830 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34839 Reconfiguration of LyX
34847 \begin_layout Standard
34848 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34849 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34850 \begin_inset space ~
34854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34856 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34861 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34864 \begin_layout Standard
34865 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34868 At the bottom of the
34872 menu the opened documents are listed.
34875 \begin_layout Subsection
34876 Open/Close all Insets
34879 \begin_layout Standard
34880 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34883 \begin_layout Subsection
34884 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34887 \begin_layout Standard
34888 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34891 \begin_layout Standard
34892 Math macros are described in the
34899 \begin_layout Subsection
34903 \begin_layout Standard
34904 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34906 \begin_inset space ~
34910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34912 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34919 \begin_layout Subsection
34923 \begin_layout Standard
34924 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34925 opening a new view window.
34928 \begin_layout Subsection
34932 \begin_layout Standard
34933 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34934 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34935 the same document, but at different positions.
34936 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34937 or more documents the same time.
34938 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34945 \begin_layout Subsection
34949 \begin_layout Standard
34950 Closes a split view.
34953 \begin_layout Subsection
34957 \begin_layout Standard
34958 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34959 that you will see nothing than your text.
34960 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34961 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34962 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34965 \begin_layout Subsection
34967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34969 name "sub:Toolbars"
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34986 \begin_layout Standard
34987 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34988 All toolbars and the
34991 \begin_inset space ~
34996 can be turned on and off.
35001 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35013 \begin_inset space ~
35022 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35026 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35033 \begin_layout Standard
35038 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35042 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35043 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35044 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35045 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35046 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35049 \begin_layout Standard
35050 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35051 \begin_inset space ~
35055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35057 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35064 \begin_layout Section
35069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35078 \begin_layout Subsection
35082 \begin_layout Standard
35083 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35084 \begin_inset space ~
35088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35090 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35101 \begin_layout Subsection
35103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35105 name "sub:Special-Character"
35112 \begin_layout Standard
35113 Here you can insert the following characters:
35116 \begin_layout Description
35117 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35118 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35119 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35120 \begin_inset Newline newline
35124 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35132 Not all characters will be visible in the
35136 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35144 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35148 ) can display every character.
35156 \begin_layout Description
35157 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35161 \begin_layout Description
35163 \begin_inset space ~
35167 \begin_inset space ~
35170 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35171 \begin_inset space ~
35175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35177 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35184 \begin_layout Description
35186 \begin_inset space ~
35189 Quote Inserts this quote:
35190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35193 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35195 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35205 \begin_layout Description
35207 \begin_inset space ~
35210 Quote Inserts this quote:
35211 \begin_inset Quotes els
35217 \begin_layout Description
35219 \begin_inset space ~
35222 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35226 \begin_layout Description
35228 \begin_inset space ~
35231 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35235 \begin_layout Description
35237 \begin_inset space ~
35240 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35244 \begin_layout Description
35246 \begin_inset space ~
35253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35264 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35269 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35270 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35271 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35280 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35286 \begin_inset Newline newline
35289 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35293 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35301 and this Wiki-page:
35302 \begin_inset Newline newline
35306 \begin_inset Flex URL
35309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35311 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35319 \begin_layout Subsection
35323 \begin_layout Standard
35324 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35327 \begin_layout Description
35328 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35329 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35335 \begin_layout Description
35336 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35337 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35343 \begin_layout Description
35345 \begin_inset space ~
35348 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35349 \begin_inset space ~
35353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35355 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35362 \begin_layout Description
35364 \begin_inset space ~
35367 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35368 \begin_inset space ~
35372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35374 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35381 \begin_layout Description
35383 \begin_inset space ~
35386 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35387 \begin_inset space ~
35391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35393 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35400 \begin_layout Description
35402 \begin_inset space ~
35405 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35406 \begin_inset space ~
35410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35412 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35419 \begin_layout Description
35421 \begin_inset space ~
35424 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35425 \begin_inset space ~
35429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35431 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35438 \begin_layout Description
35440 \begin_inset space ~
35443 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35444 \begin_inset space ~
35448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35450 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35457 \begin_layout Description
35459 \begin_inset space ~
35462 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35463 \begin_inset space ~
35467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35469 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35476 \begin_layout Description
35478 \begin_inset space ~
35481 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35482 \begin_inset space ~
35486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35488 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35495 \begin_layout Description
35497 \begin_inset space ~
35501 \begin_inset space ~
35504 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35505 \begin_inset space ~
35509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35511 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35518 \begin_layout Description
35520 \begin_inset space ~
35523 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35524 text line to the page border, see section
35525 \begin_inset space ~
35529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35531 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35538 \begin_layout Description
35540 \begin_inset space ~
35543 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35550 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35557 \begin_layout Description
35559 \begin_inset space ~
35562 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35563 text page to the page border, described in section
35564 \begin_inset space ~
35568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35570 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35577 \begin_layout Description
35579 \begin_inset space ~
35582 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35583 \begin_inset space ~
35587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35589 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35596 \begin_layout Description
35598 \begin_inset space ~
35602 \begin_inset space ~
35605 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35606 \begin_inset space ~
35610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35612 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35619 \begin_layout Subsection
35623 \begin_layout Standard
35624 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35625 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35627 \begin_inset space ~
35631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35633 reference "sec:toc"
35638 The index list is described in section
35639 \begin_inset space ~
35643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35645 reference "sec:Index"
35649 , the nomenclature in section
35650 \begin_inset space ~
35654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35656 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35660 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35661 \begin_inset space ~
35665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35667 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35674 \begin_layout Subsection
35678 \begin_layout Standard
35679 To insert floats, described in section
35680 \begin_inset space ~
35684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35686 reference "sec:Floats"
35693 \begin_layout Subsection
35697 \begin_layout Standard
35698 To insert notes, described in section
35699 \begin_inset space ~
35703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35705 reference "sec:Notes"
35712 \begin_layout Subsection
35716 \begin_layout Standard
35717 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35718 \begin_inset space ~
35722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35724 reference "sec:Branches"
35731 \begin_layout Subsection
35736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35745 \begin_layout Standard
35746 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35747 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35758 \begin_layout Subsection
35763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35772 \begin_layout Standard
35773 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35774 \begin_inset space ~
35778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35780 reference "sec:Minipages"
35785 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35796 \begin_layout Subsection
35800 \begin_layout Standard
35801 Inserts a citation as described in section
35802 \begin_inset space ~
35806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35808 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35815 \begin_layout Subsection
35819 \begin_layout Standard
35820 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35821 \begin_inset space ~
35825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35827 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35834 \begin_layout Subsection
35838 \begin_layout Standard
35839 Inserts a label as described in section
35840 \begin_inset space ~
35844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35846 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35853 \begin_layout Subsection
35858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35869 Longtables ! Caption
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35878 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35879 Floats are described in section
35880 \begin_inset space ~
35884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35886 reference "sec:Floats"
35890 , captions in longtables are described in section
35901 \begin_layout Subsection
35905 \begin_layout Standard
35906 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35907 \begin_inset space ~
35911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35913 reference "sec:Index"
35920 \begin_layout Subsection
35924 \begin_layout Standard
35925 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35926 \begin_inset space ~
35930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35932 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35939 \begin_layout Subsection
35943 \begin_layout Standard
35945 Tables are described in section
35946 \begin_inset space ~
35950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35952 reference "sec:Tables"
35959 \begin_layout Subsection
35963 \begin_layout Standard
35965 Graphics are described in section
35966 \begin_inset space ~
35970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35972 reference "sec:Graphics"
35979 \begin_layout Subsection
35983 \begin_layout Standard
35984 Inserts an URL as described in section
35985 \begin_inset space ~
35989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35991 reference "sub:URLs"
35998 \begin_layout Subsection
36002 \begin_layout Standard
36003 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36004 \begin_inset space ~
36008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36010 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36017 \begin_layout Subsection
36021 \begin_layout Standard
36022 Inserts a footnote, see section
36023 \begin_inset space ~
36027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36029 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36036 \begin_layout Subsection
36040 \begin_layout Standard
36041 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36042 \begin_inset space ~
36046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36048 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36055 \begin_layout Subsection
36059 \begin_layout Standard
36060 Inserts a short title, see section
36061 \begin_inset space ~
36065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36067 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36074 \begin_layout Subsection
36078 \begin_layout Standard
36079 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36080 \begin_inset space ~
36084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36086 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36093 \begin_layout Subsection
36098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36107 \begin_layout Standard
36108 Inserts a program listings box.
36109 Program listings are explained in chapter
36111 Program Code Listings
36120 \begin_layout Subsection
36124 \begin_layout Standard
36125 Inserts the actual date.
36126 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36128 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36138 There the different methods are also compared.
36141 \begin_layout Section
36146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36155 \begin_layout Standard
36156 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36157 \begin_inset space ~
36160 of the current document.
36161 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36164 \begin_layout Subsection
36168 \begin_layout Standard
36169 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36170 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36176 \begin_inset space \space{}
36180 \begin_inset space ~
36184 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36185 \begin_inset space ~
36188 2.5 and use the menu
36191 \begin_inset space ~
36195 \begin_inset space ~
36202 \begin_inset space ~
36208 \begin_inset space ~
36212 \begin_inset space ~
36218 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36222 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36228 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36234 \begin_layout Standard
36235 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36236 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36239 \begin_layout Subsection
36240 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36243 \begin_layout Standard
36244 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36248 \begin_layout Subsection
36252 \begin_layout Standard
36253 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36254 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36255 on a cross-reference box.
36258 \begin_layout Section
36263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 \begin_layout Subsection
36276 \begin_layout Standard
36277 Change Tracking is described in section
36278 \begin_inset space ~
36282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36284 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36291 \begin_layout Subsection
36296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36306 \begin_layout Standard
36307 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36309 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36312 \begin_layout Standard
36313 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36318 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36321 \begin_layout Subsection
36325 \begin_layout Standard
36326 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36327 \begin_inset space ~
36331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36333 reference "sec:Navigating"
36338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36340 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36347 \begin_layout Subsection
36348 Start Appendix Here
36351 \begin_layout Standard
36352 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36353 position as described in section
36354 \begin_inset space ~
36358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36360 reference "sec:Appendices"
36367 \begin_layout Subsection
36371 \begin_layout Standard
36372 Un/compresses the current document.
36375 \begin_layout Subsection
36379 \begin_layout Standard
36380 The document settings are described in appendix
36381 \begin_inset space ~
36385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36387 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36394 \begin_layout Section
36399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36408 \begin_layout Subsection
36412 \begin_layout Standard
36413 Spell checking is explained in section
36414 \begin_inset space ~
36418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36420 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36427 \begin_layout Subsection
36431 \begin_layout Standard
36432 The thesaurus is described in section
36433 \begin_inset space ~
36437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36439 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36446 \begin_layout Subsection
36451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36470 \begin_layout Standard
36471 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36472 highlighted document part.
36475 \begin_layout Subsection
36480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36489 \begin_layout Standard
36490 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36493 \begin_layout Subsection
36498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36499 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36510 Reconfiguration of LyX
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36531 Reconfiguration of LyX
36539 \begin_layout Standard
36540 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36541 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36542 \begin_inset space ~
36546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36548 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36555 \begin_layout Subsection
36559 \begin_layout Standard
36560 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36567 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36574 \begin_layout Section
36579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36588 \begin_layout Standard
36589 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36593 \begin_layout Standard
36597 \begin_inset space ~
36602 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36603 found by LyX (see also section
36604 \begin_inset space ~
36608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36610 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36617 \begin_layout Section
36619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36621 name "sec:Toolbars"
36628 \begin_layout Standard
36629 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36630 \begin_inset space ~
36634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36636 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36643 \begin_layout Standard
36644 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36645 This is described in the
36647 Additional Features
36652 \begin_layout Subsection
36657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36666 \begin_layout Standard
36667 \begin_inset Graphics
36668 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36676 \begin_layout Standard
36677 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36683 \begin_layout Standard
36684 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36701 \begin_inset Note Note
36704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36705 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36710 manual for more information.
36718 \begin_layout Standard
36719 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 \begin_inset Tabular
36727 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36728 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36736 \begin_inset Graphics
36737 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36751 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36764 \begin_layout Standard
36765 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36771 \begin_layout Standard
36773 \begin_inset Tabular
36774 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36775 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36776 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36777 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36778 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36785 \begin_inset Graphics
36786 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36802 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36809 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36814 \begin_inset Graphics
36815 filename ../images/file-open.png
36816 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36831 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36843 \begin_inset Graphics
36844 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36872 \begin_inset Graphics
36873 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36889 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36901 \begin_inset Graphics
36902 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36918 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36930 \begin_inset Graphics
36931 filename ../images/undo.png
36932 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36947 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 \begin_inset Graphics
36960 filename ../images/redo.png
36961 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36983 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36988 \begin_inset Graphics
36989 filename ../images/cut.png
36990 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37005 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37017 \begin_inset Graphics
37018 filename ../images/copy.png
37019 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37034 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37046 \begin_inset Graphics
37047 filename ../images/paste.png
37048 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37063 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37070 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37075 \begin_inset Graphics
37076 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37077 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37078 rotateOrigin center
37087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37093 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37108 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37113 \begin_inset Graphics
37114 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37130 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37132 \begin_inset space ~
37143 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37148 \begin_inset Graphics
37149 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37150 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37165 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37167 \begin_inset space ~
37178 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37183 \begin_inset Graphics
37184 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37185 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37198 Formats text using the current settings in the
37200 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37202 \begin_inset space ~
37213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37218 \begin_inset Graphics
37219 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37220 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37236 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37238 \begin_inset space ~
37247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37252 \begin_inset Graphics
37253 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37255 rotateOrigin center
37264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37282 \begin_inset Graphics
37283 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37285 rotateOrigin center
37294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37307 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 \begin_inset Graphics
37313 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37314 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37315 rotateOrigin center
37324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 Toggle outline window on/off,
37330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37342 \begin_inset Graphics
37343 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37344 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37345 rotateOrigin center
37354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37358 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37369 \begin_inset Graphics
37370 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37371 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37372 rotateOrigin center
37381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37385 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37398 \begin_layout Subsection
37403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37412 \begin_layout Standard
37413 \begin_inset Graphics
37414 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37422 \begin_layout Standard
37423 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37429 \begin_layout Standard
37430 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37434 \begin_layout Standard
37435 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37441 \begin_layout Standard
37442 \begin_inset Tabular
37443 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37444 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
37445 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37446 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 \begin_inset Graphics
37453 filename ../images/layout.png
37454 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37455 rotateOrigin center
37464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37479 \begin_inset Graphics
37480 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37482 rotateOrigin center
37491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37506 \begin_inset Graphics
37507 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37509 rotateOrigin center
37518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37533 \begin_inset Graphics
37534 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37536 rotateOrigin center
37545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37560 \begin_inset Graphics
37561 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37563 rotateOrigin center
37572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 \begin_inset Graphics
37588 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37590 rotateOrigin center
37599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37605 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37607 \begin_inset space ~
37611 \begin_inset space ~
37620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37625 \begin_inset Graphics
37626 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37628 rotateOrigin center
37637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37643 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37645 \begin_inset space ~
37649 \begin_inset space ~
37658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37663 \begin_inset Graphics
37664 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37681 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37693 \begin_inset Graphics
37694 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37695 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37710 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37711 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37723 \begin_inset Graphics
37724 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37752 \begin_inset Graphics
37753 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37754 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37769 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37781 \begin_inset Graphics
37782 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37810 \begin_inset Graphics
37811 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37829 \begin_inset space ~
37838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37843 \begin_inset Graphics
37844 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37862 \begin_inset space ~
37871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37876 \begin_inset Graphics
37877 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37905 \begin_inset Graphics
37906 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37908 rotateOrigin center
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37925 \begin_inset space ~
37934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37939 \begin_inset Graphics
37940 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37957 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37959 \begin_inset space ~
37968 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37973 \begin_inset Graphics
37974 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37975 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37997 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38002 \begin_inset Graphics
38003 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38004 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38031 \begin_inset Graphics
38032 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38033 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38070 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38075 \begin_inset Graphics
38076 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38077 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38093 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38100 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38105 \begin_inset Graphics
38106 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38107 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38123 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38125 \begin_inset space ~
38134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38139 \begin_inset Graphics
38140 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38142 rotateOrigin center
38151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38159 \begin_inset space ~
38168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38173 \begin_inset Graphics
38174 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38176 rotateOrigin center
38185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38193 \begin_inset space ~
38202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 \begin_inset Graphics
38208 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38209 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38210 rotateOrigin center
38219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38225 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38239 \begin_layout Subsection
38240 View / Update Toolbar
38244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 Toolbar ! View / Update
38253 \begin_layout Standard
38254 \begin_inset Graphics
38255 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38262 \begin_layout Standard
38263 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38269 \begin_layout Standard
38270 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38274 \begin_layout Standard
38275 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38281 \begin_layout Standard
38282 \begin_inset Tabular
38283 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38284 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38285 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38286 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38292 \begin_inset Graphics
38293 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38295 rotateOrigin center
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38310 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38322 \begin_inset Graphics
38323 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38325 rotateOrigin center
38334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38340 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38341 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 \begin_inset Graphics
38354 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38356 rotateOrigin center
38365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38371 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38378 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38383 \begin_inset Graphics
38384 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38386 rotateOrigin center
38395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38401 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38402 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38409 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38414 \begin_inset Graphics
38415 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38416 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38417 rotateOrigin center
38426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38432 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38439 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38444 \begin_inset Graphics
38445 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38446 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38447 rotateOrigin center
38456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38462 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38463 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38477 \begin_layout Subsection
38481 \begin_layout Standard
38482 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38483 \begin_inset space ~
38487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38489 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38493 , the table toolbar
38497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38507 manual, the math macro toolbar
38511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38524 \begin_layout Chapter
38525 The Document Settings
38526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38528 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38537 Document ! Settings
38545 \begin_layout Standard
38546 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38547 whole document and is called with the menu
38549 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38553 You can save your document settings as default with th
38555 e Save as Document Defaults
38557 button in the dialog.
38558 This will create a template name
38566 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38570 \begin_layout Standard
38571 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38574 \begin_layout Section
38578 \begin_layout Standard
38579 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38581 Document classes are described in section
38582 \begin_inset space ~
38586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38588 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38593 Some classes use some class options by default.
38594 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38598 and you can decide to use them or not.
38599 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38600 recommended not to touch them.
38601 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38607 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38608 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 When you want one of the following drivers
38614 \begin_inset Newline newline
38617 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38618 \begin_inset Newline newline
38621 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38626 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38628 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38640 \begin_layout Standard
38641 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38642 child or subdocument.
38643 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38644 without its master.
38645 This way child documents are always compileable.
38646 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38657 \begin_layout Section
38661 \begin_layout Standard
38662 Modules are explained in section
38663 \begin_inset space ~
38667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38669 reference "sub:Modules"
38676 \begin_layout Section
38680 \begin_layout Standard
38681 The document font settings are described in section
38682 \begin_inset space ~
38686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38688 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38695 \begin_layout Section
38699 \begin_layout Standard
38700 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38702 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38706 \begin_layout Standard
38707 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38708 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38709 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38712 \begin_layout Standard
38713 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38721 \begin_layout Section
38725 \begin_layout Standard
38726 A description of this menu is given in section
38727 \begin_inset space ~
38731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38733 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38740 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38747 \begin_layout Section
38751 \begin_layout Standard
38752 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38753 \begin_inset space ~
38757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38759 reference "sub:Margins"
38766 \begin_layout Section
38771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38772 Language ! Encoding
38780 \begin_layout Standard
38781 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38782 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38783 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38784 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38785 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38786 known for a particular character).
38790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38791 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38792 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38797 manual for details.
38805 \begin_layout Standard
38806 If you use the option
38810 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38811 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38812 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38813 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38814 exactly one encoding.
38815 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38824 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38825 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38827 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38828 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38842 \begin_layout Standard
38843 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38844 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38845 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38846 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38847 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38848 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38853 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38854 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38855 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38858 \begin_layout Standard
38859 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38862 \begin_layout Description
38864 \begin_inset space ~
38868 \begin_inset space ~
38872 \begin_inset space ~
38879 , but the LaTeX-package
38887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38888 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38894 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38895 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38896 languages in TeX code.
38899 \begin_layout Description
38900 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38901 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38902 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38905 \begin_layout Description
38907 \begin_inset space ~
38911 \begin_inset space ~
38914 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38917 \begin_layout Description
38919 \begin_inset space ~
38923 \begin_inset space ~
38926 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38929 \begin_layout Description
38931 \begin_inset space ~
38934 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38937 \begin_layout Description
38939 \begin_inset space ~
38943 \begin_inset space ~
38946 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38947 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38950 \begin_layout Description
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38956 \begin_inset space ~
38959 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38963 \begin_layout Description
38965 \begin_inset space ~
38969 \begin_inset space ~
38972 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38973 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38976 \begin_layout Description
38978 \begin_inset space ~
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38989 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38990 \begin_inset space ~
38996 \begin_layout Description
38998 \begin_inset space ~
39002 \begin_inset space ~
39006 \begin_inset space ~
39009 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39010 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39013 \begin_layout Description
39015 \begin_inset space ~
39019 \begin_inset space ~
39022 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39023 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39024 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39025 \begin_inset space ~
39029 \begin_inset space ~
39035 \begin_layout Description
39037 \begin_inset space ~
39041 \begin_inset space ~
39044 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39045 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39046 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39047 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39052 \begin_inset space ~
39058 \begin_layout Description
39060 \begin_inset space ~
39064 \begin_inset space ~
39067 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39070 \begin_layout Description
39072 \begin_inset space ~
39076 \begin_inset space ~
39079 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39082 \begin_layout Description
39084 \begin_inset space ~
39088 \begin_inset space ~
39091 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39094 \begin_layout Description
39096 \begin_inset space ~
39099 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39102 \begin_layout Description
39104 \begin_inset space ~
39107 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39110 \begin_layout Description
39112 \begin_inset space ~
39116 \begin_inset space ~
39119 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39122 \begin_layout Description
39124 \begin_inset space ~
39128 \begin_inset space ~
39134 \begin_layout Description
39136 \begin_inset space ~
39140 \begin_inset space ~
39143 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39146 \begin_layout Description
39148 \begin_inset space ~
39152 \begin_inset space ~
39158 \begin_layout Description
39160 \begin_inset space ~
39164 \begin_inset space ~
39167 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39176 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39181 , when using this, set the document language to
39186 \begin_layout Description
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39192 \begin_inset space ~
39195 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39199 , when using this, set the document language to
39204 \begin_layout Description
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39213 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39222 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39227 , when using this, set the document language to
39232 \begin_layout Description
39234 \begin_inset space ~
39238 \begin_inset space ~
39241 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39245 , when using this, set the document language to
39250 \begin_layout Description
39252 \begin_inset space ~
39256 \begin_inset space ~
39259 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39263 , when using this, set the document language to
39268 \begin_layout Description
39270 \begin_inset space ~
39273 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39276 \begin_layout Description
39278 \begin_inset space ~
39282 \begin_inset space ~
39286 \begin_inset space ~
39289 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39292 \begin_layout Description
39294 \begin_inset space ~
39298 \begin_inset space ~
39302 \begin_inset space ~
39305 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39306 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39307 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39310 \begin_layout Description
39312 \begin_inset space ~
39316 \begin_inset space ~
39322 \begin_layout Description
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39328 \begin_inset space ~
39331 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39332 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39335 \begin_layout Description
39337 \begin_inset space ~
39341 \begin_inset space ~
39344 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39353 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39358 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39361 \begin_layout Description
39363 \begin_inset space ~
39367 \begin_inset space ~
39370 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39374 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39383 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39384 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39398 \begin_layout Description
39400 \begin_inset space ~
39404 \begin_inset space ~
39407 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39416 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39421 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39424 \begin_layout Description
39426 \begin_inset space ~
39429 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39438 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39444 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39448 \begin_layout Description
39450 \begin_inset space ~
39454 \begin_inset space ~
39458 \begin_inset space ~
39461 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39462 \begin_inset space ~
39468 \begin_layout Description
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39474 \begin_inset space ~
39478 \begin_inset space ~
39481 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39482 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39483 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39487 \begin_layout Description
39489 \begin_inset space ~
39493 \begin_inset space ~
39497 \begin_inset space ~
39500 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39501 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39504 \begin_layout Section
39508 \begin_layout Standard
39509 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39511 \begin_inset space ~
39515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39517 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39524 \begin_layout Section
39528 \begin_layout Standard
39529 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39538 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39552 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39558 For a further description see section
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39565 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39572 \begin_layout Section
39576 \begin_layout Standard
39577 The PDF properties are explained in section
39578 \begin_inset space ~
39582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39584 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39591 \begin_layout Section
39595 \begin_layout Standard
39596 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39605 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39619 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39624 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39627 \begin_layout Standard
39632 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39633 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39636 \begin_layout Standard
39641 is used for special integral characters.
39644 \begin_layout Section
39648 \begin_layout Standard
39649 The float placement options are described in section
39650 \begin_inset space ~
39654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39656 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39663 \begin_layout Section
39667 \begin_layout Standard
39668 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39669 The itemize environment is described in section
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39676 reference "sec:Itemize"
39683 \begin_layout Section
39687 \begin_layout Standard
39688 Branches are described in section
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39695 reference "sec:Branches"
39702 \begin_layout Section
39707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39717 \begin_layout Standard
39718 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39719 to define LaTeX-commands.
39720 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39721 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39725 \begin_layout Standard
39726 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39727 \begin_inset space ~
39731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39733 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39740 \begin_layout Chapter
39746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39748 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39765 \begin_layout Standard
39766 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39768 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39772 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39775 \begin_layout Section
39779 \begin_layout Subsection
39783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39784 User Interface File
39788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39789 Customization ! of toolbars
39798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39799 Customization ! of menus
39807 \begin_layout Standard
39808 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39816 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39825 \begin_layout Standard
39826 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39827 interface (ui) file.
39828 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39829 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39838 Both files are loaded by the
39843 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39844 files and edit the entries.
39847 \begin_layout Standard
39848 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39860 entries must be ended with an explicit
39885 and in the case of the
39886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39898 The syntax for the entries is:
39901 \begin_layout Standard
39902 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39930 \begin_layout Standard
39932 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39935 All LyX-functions are listed in
39936 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39945 \begin_layout Standard
39946 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39952 \begin_layout Standard
39953 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39955 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39958 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39962 \begin_layout Standard
39963 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39968 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39971 \begin_layout Standard
39973 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39976 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39983 \begin_layout Standard
39986 Enable tool tips in main work area
39988 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39992 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39996 \begin_layout Standard
40000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40007 restoring of window layout and geometries
40009 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40010 in the last LyX session.
40013 \begin_layout Standard
40016 Restore cursor positions
40018 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40022 \begin_layout Standard
40025 Load opened files from last session
40027 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40030 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40032 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40034 name "sub:Backup documents"
40042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40051 \begin_layout Standard
40056 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40059 \begin_layout Standard
40064 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40067 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40077 \begin_layout Standard
40080 Open documents in tabs
40082 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40086 \begin_layout Subsection
40091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40100 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40107 \begin_layout Standard
40108 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40111 \begin_layout Standard
40112 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40120 This section only deals with the fonts
40125 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40128 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40129 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40140 \begin_layout Standard
40141 By default, LyX uses
40145 as roman (serif) font,
40153 (depends on the system) as
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_layout Standard
40173 You can change the font size with the
40178 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40179 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40182 \begin_layout Standard
40187 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40188 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40193 points have the size of 1
40194 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40198 \begin_inset space ~
40202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40204 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40211 \begin_layout Standard
40216 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40221 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40222 \begin_inset space ~
40226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40228 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40235 \begin_layout Standard
40238 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40240 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40241 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40242 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40243 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40245 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40252 \begin_layout Subsection
40257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40278 Choose an item in the list and use the
40285 \begin_layout Subsection
40290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40291 Settings ! Graphics
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40300 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40303 \begin_layout Standard
40308 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40309 This feature is described in section
40310 \begin_inset space ~
40314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40316 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40323 \begin_layout Section
40328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40337 \begin_layout Subsection
40341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40345 \begin_layout Standard
40348 Cursor follows scrollbar
40350 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40357 Sort environments alphabetically
40359 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40362 \begin_layout Standard
40365 Group environments by their category
40367 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40370 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40375 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40380 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40381 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40385 \begin_layout Subsection
40390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40401 Settings ! Shortcuts
40409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40413 \begin_layout Standard
40414 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40415 Several binding files are available:
40418 \begin_layout Description
40419 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40422 \begin_layout Description
40423 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40434 \begin_layout Description
40435 mac.bind set of bindings for
40438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40447 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40451 , and bind files for special languages.
40452 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40457 \begin_inset space \space{}
40461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40469 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40473 \begin_layout Standard
40474 Some bind-files, like
40478 , have only a small scope.
40479 When looking at the the end of the file
40483 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40490 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40499 Key Bindings ! Editing
40507 \begin_layout Standard
40508 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40509 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40510 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40513 Show key-bindings containing
40516 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40517 Insert there for example as keyword
40518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40525 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40535 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40536 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40540 that you find in the
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40553 \begin_inset space \space{}
40564 , select the function and press the
40569 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40570 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40571 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40572 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40573 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40575 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40577 The binding for the function
40581 is an example for this.
40584 \begin_layout Standard
40585 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40587 The syntax of the entries is:
40590 \begin_layout Standard
40596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40614 \begin_layout Subsection
40616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40626 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40645 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40653 \begin_layout Standard
40654 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40655 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40661 \begin_inset space \space{}
40664 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40665 can use the keyboard map file named
40672 \begin_layout Standard
40673 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40681 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40689 \begin_layout Standard
40690 Besides this, you can specify here the
40692 Wheel scrolling speed
40695 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40699 \begin_layout Subsection
40701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40703 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40720 \begin_layout Standard
40721 Input completion is described in sec.
40722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40728 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40733 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40735 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40736 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40740 \begin_layout Section
40745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40764 \begin_layout Description
40766 \begin_inset space ~
40769 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40770 It is the default when you
40781 \begin_inset space ~
40789 \begin_layout Description
40791 \begin_inset space ~
40794 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40796 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40798 \begin_inset space ~
40802 \begin_inset space ~
40810 \begin_layout Description
40812 \begin_inset space ~
40815 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40821 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40825 \begin_inset Newline newline
40829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40849 \begin_layout Description
40851 \begin_inset space ~
40858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40864 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40865 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40866 \begin_inset space ~
40870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40872 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40880 will be used to save the backups.
40881 \begin_inset Newline newline
40884 The backup files have the ending
40885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40895 \begin_layout Description
40900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40907 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40908 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40909 \begin_inset Newline newline
40913 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40921 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40929 \begin_layout Description
40931 \begin_inset space ~
40934 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40937 \begin_layout Description
40939 \begin_inset space ~
40942 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40943 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40944 to find it on the system.
40945 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40946 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40948 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40955 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40956 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40960 \begin_layout Section
40964 \begin_layout Standard
40965 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40966 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40968 \begin_inset space ~
40972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40974 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40978 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40981 \begin_layout Section
40986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40987 Language ! Settings
40996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40997 Settings ! Language
41005 \begin_layout Subsection
41009 \begin_layout Description
41011 \begin_inset space ~
41015 \begin_inset space ~
41018 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41019 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41020 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41021 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41022 You find the actual translation status here:
41023 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41025 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41026 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41033 \begin_layout Description
41035 \begin_inset space ~
41038 language is the language used in new documents
41041 \begin_layout Description
41043 \begin_inset space ~
41046 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41048 The default is the LaTeX-command
41054 that loads the package
41062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41063 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41064 \begin_inset space ~
41068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41070 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41080 \begin_inset Newline newline
41087 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41088 the document language.
41089 A text label is for instance the word
41090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41097 at the beginning of every table caption.
41100 \begin_layout Description
41102 \begin_inset space ~
41105 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41106 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41107 An example is the start command
41113 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41118 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41133 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41138 \begin_layout Description
41140 \begin_inset space ~
41148 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41149 command toggles the package on and off.
41152 \begin_layout Description
41154 \begin_inset space ~
41164 \begin_layout Description
41165 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41166 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41167 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41168 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41175 \begin_layout Description
41177 \begin_inset space ~
41180 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41182 When this option is not set, the
41185 \begin_inset space ~
41190 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41191 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41194 \begin_inset space ~
41202 \begin_layout Description
41204 \begin_inset space ~
41210 \begin_inset space ~
41216 When it is not set, the
41219 \begin_inset space ~
41224 is set to the end of the document.
41227 \begin_layout Description
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41236 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41237 language will be underlined blue.
41240 \begin_layout Description
41242 \begin_inset space ~
41246 \begin_inset space ~
41249 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41250 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41253 \begin_layout Description
41255 \begin_inset space ~
41258 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41259 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41260 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41261 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41264 \begin_layout Subsection
41268 \begin_layout Standard
41269 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41270 \begin_inset space ~
41274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41276 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41283 \begin_layout Section
41287 \begin_layout Subsection
41289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41318 \begin_layout Description
41320 \begin_inset space ~
41323 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41324 The name will be used when the
41329 \begin_inset Newline newline
41333 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41341 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41350 \begin_layout Description
41352 \begin_inset space ~
41356 \begin_inset space ~
41360 \begin_inset space ~
41363 printer This option works only for the
41368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41380 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41381 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41384 \begin_layout Description
41386 \begin_inset space ~
41389 command is the command LyX
41390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41397 LaTeX uses for printing.
41398 The default is on most systems
41405 \begin_layout Description
41407 \begin_inset space ~
41411 \begin_inset space ~
41414 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41415 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41416 of the program that provides the
41423 \begin_layout Subsection
41428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 Settings ! Date format
41447 \begin_layout Standard
41448 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41449 \begin_inset Newline newline
41453 \begin_inset Flex URL
41456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41464 \begin_inset Newline newline
41467 For example the format
41468 \begin_inset Newline newline
41472 \begin_inset Newline newline
41475 prints the date as day/month/year.
41478 \begin_layout Subsection
41482 \begin_layout Description
41484 \begin_inset space ~
41488 \begin_inset space ~
41491 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41494 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41495 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41497 \begin_inset space ~
41503 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41507 \begin_layout Description
41509 \begin_inset space ~
41512 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41517 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41518 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41521 \begin_layout Subsection
41526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41536 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41553 \begin_layout Description
41558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41566 \begin_inset space ~
41569 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41574 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41596 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41609 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41610 LyX sets up in the background.
41611 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41614 \begin_layout Description
41616 \begin_inset space ~
41620 \begin_inset space ~
41623 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41628 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41631 \begin_layout Standard
41632 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41633 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41634 manuals of the applications.
41635 Currently the following commands can be set:
41638 \begin_layout Description
41643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41654 command Command for the program
41658 that is described in section
41664 Additional Features
41669 \begin_layout Description
41674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41685 command Command for the program
41689 that generates the bibliography, see section
41690 \begin_inset space ~
41694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41696 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41703 \begin_layout Description
41705 \begin_inset space ~
41708 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41709 \begin_inset space ~
41713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41715 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41722 \begin_layout Description
41724 \begin_inset space ~
41727 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41728 \begin_inset space ~
41732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41734 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41741 \begin_layout Description
41743 \begin_inset space ~
41747 \begin_inset space ~
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41755 \begin_inset space ~
41758 options They only have an effect when the program
41762 is used as DVI-viewer.
41765 \begin_layout Standard
41766 There are additionally the following options:
41769 \begin_layout Description
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_inset space ~
41779 \begin_inset space ~
41783 \begin_inset space ~
41787 \begin_inset space ~
41790 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41808 to separate folders.
41809 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41832 \begin_layout Description
41834 \begin_inset space ~
41838 \begin_inset space ~
41842 \begin_inset space ~
41846 \begin_inset space ~
41850 \begin_inset space ~
41854 \begin_inset space ~
41857 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41862 dialog when changing the document class.
41865 \begin_layout Section
41867 \begin_inset space ~
41874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41883 \begin_layout Subsection
41888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41897 \begin_layout Standard
41898 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41899 from one format to another.
41900 You can modify them or create new ones.
41901 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41908 \begin_inset space ~
41918 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41922 \begin_inset space ~
41927 drop-down list, modify the
41931 field, and press the
41938 \begin_layout Standard
41941 Converter File Cache
41943 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41946 Maximum Age (in days
41949 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41950 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41953 \begin_layout Standard
41954 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41955 the converter definition, is described in section
41966 \begin_layout Subsection
41968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41970 name "sec:File-Formats"
41978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41997 \begin_layout Standard
41998 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41999 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42003 \begin_layout Standard
42004 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42005 is described in section
42016 \begin_layout Standard
42017 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42018 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42019 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42020 This is done by specifying a
42025 More about this is described in section
42036 \begin_layout Chapter
42037 Units available in LyX
42041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42050 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42057 \begin_layout Standard
42058 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42061 reference "cap:Units"
42065 explains all units available in LyX.
42068 \begin_layout Standard
42069 \begin_inset Float table
42075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42076 \begin_inset Caption
42078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42094 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42102 \begin_inset Tabular
42103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42104 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42257 scaled point (65536
42258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42318 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42373 % of original image width
42380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42587 \begin_layout Chapter
42589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42598 \begin_layout Standard
42599 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42600 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42603 \begin_layout Itemize
42606 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42609 \begin_layout Itemize
42615 \begin_layout Itemize
42621 \begin_layout Itemize
42627 \begin_layout Itemize
42633 \begin_layout Itemize
42639 \begin_layout Itemize
42645 \begin_layout Itemize
42651 \begin_layout Itemize
42654 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42657 \begin_layout Itemize
42663 \begin_layout Itemize
42669 \begin_layout Itemize
42675 \begin_layout Itemize
42681 \begin_layout Itemize
42687 \begin_layout Itemize
42693 \begin_layout Itemize
42699 \begin_layout Itemize
42705 \begin_layout Itemize
42707 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42716 \begin_layout Standard
42717 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42720 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42727 \begin_layout Bibliography
42728 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42729 LatexCommand bibitem
42736 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42739 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42744 \begin_inset Newline newline
42748 \begin_inset Flex URL
42751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42753 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42761 \begin_layout Bibliography
42762 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42763 LatexCommand bibitem
42764 key "latexcompanion"
42768 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42770 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42773 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42776 \begin_layout Bibliography
42777 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42778 LatexCommand bibitem
42783 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42786 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42789 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42792 \begin_layout Bibliography
42793 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42794 LatexCommand bibitem
42801 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42804 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42807 \begin_layout Bibliography
42808 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42809 LatexCommand bibitem
42821 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42824 \begin_layout Bibliography
42825 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42826 LatexCommand bibitem
42832 \begin_inset Newline newline
42836 \begin_inset Flex URL
42839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42841 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42849 \begin_layout Bibliography
42850 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42851 LatexCommand bibitem
42857 \begin_inset Newline newline
42861 \begin_inset Flex URL
42864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42866 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42874 \begin_layout Bibliography
42875 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42876 LatexCommand bibitem
42882 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42884 name "Documentation"
42885 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42894 \begin_inset Newline newline
42898 \begin_inset Flex URL
42901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42903 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42911 \begin_layout Bibliography
42912 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42913 LatexCommand bibitem
42919 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42921 name "Documentation"
42922 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
42926 how to use the program
42931 \begin_inset Newline newline
42935 \begin_inset Flex URL
42938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42940 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
42948 \begin_layout Bibliography
42949 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42950 LatexCommand bibitem
42956 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42958 name "Documentation"
42959 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42968 \begin_inset Newline newline
42972 \begin_inset Flex URL
42975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42977 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42985 \begin_layout Bibliography
42986 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42987 LatexCommand bibitem
42993 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42995 name "Documentation"
42996 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43005 \begin_inset Newline newline
43009 \begin_inset Flex URL
43012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43014 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43022 \begin_layout Bibliography
43023 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43024 LatexCommand bibitem
43030 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43032 name "Documentation"
43033 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43037 of the LaTeX-package
43045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43046 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43052 \begin_inset Newline newline
43056 \begin_inset Flex URL
43059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43061 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43069 \begin_layout Bibliography
43070 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43071 LatexCommand bibitem
43077 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43079 name "Documentation"
43080 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43084 of the LaTeX-package
43092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43093 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43099 \begin_inset Newline newline
43103 \begin_inset Flex URL
43106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43108 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43116 \begin_layout Bibliography
43117 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43118 LatexCommand bibitem
43126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43128 name "Documentation"
43129 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43135 of the LaTeX-package
43143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43144 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43150 \begin_inset Newline newline
43154 \begin_inset Flex URL
43157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43159 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43167 \begin_layout Bibliography
43168 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43169 LatexCommand bibitem
43175 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43177 name "Documentation"
43178 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43182 of the LaTeX-package
43190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43191 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43197 \begin_inset Newline newline
43201 \begin_inset Flex URL
43204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43206 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43214 \begin_layout Bibliography
43215 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43216 LatexCommand bibitem
43222 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43224 name "Documentation"
43225 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43229 of the LaTeX-package
43237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43238 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43244 \begin_inset Newline newline
43248 \begin_inset Flex URL
43251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43253 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43261 \begin_layout Bibliography
43262 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43263 LatexCommand bibitem
43269 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43271 name "Documentation"
43272 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43276 of the LaTeX-package
43284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43285 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43291 \begin_inset Newline newline
43295 \begin_inset Flex URL
43298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43300 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43308 \begin_layout Bibliography
43309 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43310 LatexCommand bibitem
43316 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43319 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43323 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43324 \begin_inset Newline newline
43328 \begin_inset Flex URL
43331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43333 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43341 \begin_layout Bibliography
43342 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43343 LatexCommand bibitem
43349 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43352 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43356 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43357 \begin_inset Newline newline
43361 \begin_inset Flex URL
43364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43366 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43374 \begin_layout Bibliography
43375 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43376 LatexCommand bibitem
43382 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43385 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43389 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43390 \begin_inset Newline newline
43394 \begin_inset Flex URL
43397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43399 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43407 \begin_layout Bibliography
43408 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43409 LatexCommand bibitem
43415 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43418 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43422 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43423 \begin_inset Newline newline
43427 \begin_inset Flex URL
43430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43432 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43440 \begin_layout Bibliography
43441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43442 LatexCommand bibitem
43448 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43451 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43455 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43456 \begin_inset Newline newline
43460 \begin_inset Flex URL
43463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43465 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43473 \begin_layout Bibliography
43474 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43475 LatexCommand bibitem
43481 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43484 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43488 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43489 \begin_inset Newline newline
43493 \begin_inset Flex URL
43496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43498 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43506 \begin_layout Bibliography
43507 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43508 LatexCommand bibitem
43514 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43517 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43521 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43522 \begin_inset Newline newline
43526 \begin_inset Flex URL
43529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43531 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43539 \begin_layout Bibliography
43540 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43541 LatexCommand bibitem
43547 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43550 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43554 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43555 \begin_inset Newline newline
43559 \begin_inset Flex URL
43562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43564 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43572 \begin_layout Bibliography
43573 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43574 LatexCommand bibitem
43580 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43583 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43587 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43588 \begin_inset Newline newline
43592 \begin_inset Flex URL
43595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43597 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43605 \begin_layout Bibliography
43606 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43607 LatexCommand bibitem
43613 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43616 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43620 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43621 \begin_inset Newline newline
43625 \begin_inset Flex URL
43628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43630 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43638 \begin_layout Bibliography
43639 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43640 LatexCommand bibitem
43646 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43649 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43653 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43654 \begin_inset Newline newline
43658 \begin_inset Flex URL
43661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43663 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43671 \begin_layout Bibliography
43672 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43673 LatexCommand bibitem
43679 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43682 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43686 about new features in
43691 \begin_inset Newline newline
43695 \begin_inset Flex URL
43698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43700 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43708 \begin_layout Standard
43709 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43743 \begin_inset Note Note
43746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43753 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43754 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43755 bibliography is the second one:
43763 \begin_layout Standard
43764 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43765 LatexCommand bibtex
43766 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43767 options "biblio/alphadin"
43774 \begin_layout Standard
43775 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43778 \begin_layout Standard
43781 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43782 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43787 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43788 LatexCommand printindex